1 #LyX 1.6.1svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % redefine the greyed out note
48 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
49 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
51 \options intoc,bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm,tablecaptionabove
52 \use_default_options false
57 \font_typewriter default
58 \font_default_family default
68 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
69 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
73 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
74 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
75 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
80 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
81 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,pdftex"
88 \paperorientation portrait
99 \paragraph_separation indent
101 \quotes_language english
104 \paperpagestyle default
105 \tracking_changes false
106 \output_changes false
122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
124 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
126 \begin_inset CommandInset href
128 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
139 \begin_inset Newline newline
143 \begin_inset Newline newline
147 \begin_inset Note Note
150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
151 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
152 \begin_inset Newline newline
157 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
165 \begin_layout Standard
166 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
167 LatexCommand tableofcontents
174 \begin_layout Chapter
178 \begin_layout Section
182 \begin_layout Standard
183 LyX is a document preparation system.
184 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
185 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
186 It is unlike most other
187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
191 \begin_inset Quotes erd
194 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
196 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
205 \begin_inset Quotes eld
209 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
212 pt type, left justified, 5
213 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
217 \begin_inset Quotes erd
221 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
225 \begin_layout Standard
226 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
229 \begin_inset Quotes eld
233 \begin_inset Quotes erd
239 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
243 \begin_layout Standard
245 \begin_inset Quotes eld
253 \begin_inset Quotes erd
256 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
257 the format of all of the manuals.
258 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
259 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
262 \begin_inset Quotes eld
270 \begin_inset Quotes erd
276 \begin_layout Section
280 \begin_layout Standard
281 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
283 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
284 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
286 Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
293 \begin_inset Quotes eld
297 \begin_inset Quotes erd
304 arg "command-execute"
307 when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
310 \begin_layout Standard
311 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
312 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
313 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
315 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
316 only a vertical scrollbar.
317 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
318 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
319 This, however, is due
320 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
321 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
322 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
323 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
325 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
326 this doesn't work for equations yet.
329 \begin_layout Standard
330 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
336 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
338 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
343 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
344 ing sections of this documentation.
347 \begin_layout Section
351 \begin_layout Standard
352 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
357 of the manuals from inside LyX.
358 Just select the manual you want read from the
365 \begin_layout Section
367 \begin_inset CommandInset label
369 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
376 \begin_layout Standard
377 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
378 without resorting to configuration files.
379 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
380 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
381 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
396 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
397 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
398 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
402 \begin_inset space \space{}
405 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
406 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
408 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
416 Reconfiguration of LyX
421 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
424 \begin_layout Section
426 \begin_inset CommandInset label
428 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
435 \begin_layout Standard
436 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
437 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
460 that will be created when using the menu
462 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
481 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
482 \begin_inset Note Note
485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
486 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
487 \begin_inset Quotes eld
491 \begin_inset Quotes erd
494 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
495 More about TeX Code is described in section
500 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
502 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
506 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
511 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
513 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
527 Reconfiguration of LyX
535 \begin_layout Chapter
539 \begin_layout Section
540 Basic File Operations
544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
553 \begin_layout Standard
558 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
559 in addition to some more advanced operations:
562 \begin_layout Itemize
566 \begin_inset Graphics
567 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
568 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
575 \begin_layout Itemize
593 \begin_layout Itemize
599 \begin_inset Graphics
600 filename ../images/file-open.png
601 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
608 \begin_layout Itemize
614 \begin_layout Itemize
620 \begin_inset Graphics
621 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
622 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
629 \begin_layout Itemize
639 \begin_layout Itemize
653 \begin_layout Itemize
663 \begin_layout Itemize
669 \begin_layout Itemize
675 \begin_layout Itemize
681 \begin_inset Graphics
682 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
683 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
690 \begin_layout Itemize
696 \begin_layout Standard
697 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
698 a few minor differences.
701 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
716 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
717 you for a template to use.
718 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
719 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
720 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
726 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
728 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
735 \begin_layout Standard
737 \begin_inset Quotes eld
741 \begin_inset Quotes erd
745 \begin_inset Quotes eld
749 \begin_inset Quotes erd
753 \begin_inset Quotes eld
757 \begin_inset Quotes erd
760 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
761 space is just that --- a big, blank space.
764 \begin_layout Standard
785 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
790 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
815 will reload the document from disk.
816 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
817 and want to restore it to the last save.
826 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
827 can identify them as your changes.
830 \begin_layout Section
831 Basic Editing Features
835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
842 \begin_inset CommandInset label
844 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
851 \begin_layout Standard
852 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
853 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
854 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
855 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
857 We'll start with cut and paste.
860 \begin_layout Standard
861 As you might expect, the
865 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
866 various other editing features.
867 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
871 \begin_layout Itemize
877 \begin_inset Graphics
878 filename ../images/cut.png
879 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
886 \begin_layout Itemize
892 \begin_inset Graphics
893 filename ../images/copy.png
894 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
901 \begin_layout Itemize
907 \begin_inset Graphics
908 filename ../images/paste.png
909 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
916 \begin_layout Itemize
926 \begin_layout Itemize
936 \begin_layout Itemize
950 \begin_inset Graphics
951 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
952 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
960 \begin_layout Standard
961 The first three are self-explanatory.
962 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
963 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
972 keys also functions as the
977 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
978 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
983 to get back the lost text.
986 \begin_layout Standard
990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
996 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
1000 \begin_inset space ~
1005 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
1008 \begin_layout Standard
1011 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1013 \begin_inset space ~
1016 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1018 \begin_inset space ~
1022 \begin_inset space ~
1027 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1033 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1037 \begin_inset space ~
1042 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1043 will start a new paragraph.
1046 \begin_layout Standard
1050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1068 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1070 \begin_inset space ~
1074 \begin_inset space ~
1082 \begin_inset space ~
1086 \begin_inset space ~
1092 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1097 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1100 \begin_inset space ~
1109 \begin_inset space ~
1114 button to skip the current word.
1118 \begin_inset space ~
1123 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1127 \begin_inset space ~
1132 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1134 If the toggle is set, searching for
1135 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1143 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1146 will not match the word
1147 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1155 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1161 Match whole words only
1163 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, i.
1164 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1168 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1176 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1180 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1188 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1194 \begin_layout Standard
1195 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1196 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1198 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1203 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1210 \begin_layout Section
1215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1232 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1234 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1241 \begin_layout Standard
1242 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1243 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1246 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1249 or the toolbar button
1250 \begin_inset Graphics
1251 filename ../images/undo.png
1252 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1256 to undo some mistake.
1257 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1259 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1262 or the toolbar button
1263 \begin_inset Graphics
1264 filename ../images/redo.png
1265 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1270 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1274 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1277 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1278 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1281 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1284 \begin_layout Standard
1285 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1287 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1291 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1294 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1295 This is a consequence of the 100
1296 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1299 step undo limit, above.
1302 \begin_layout Standard
1311 work on almost everything in LyX.
1312 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1316 \begin_layout Section
1321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1330 \begin_layout Standard
1331 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1334 \begin_layout Enumerate
1339 \begin_layout Itemize
1344 once anywhere in the edit window.
1345 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1349 \begin_layout Enumerate
1354 \begin_layout Itemize
1360 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1363 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1366 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1369 \begin_layout Itemize
1370 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1372 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1379 \begin_layout Enumerate
1380 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1384 \begin_layout Standard
1385 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1386 Right-click on them to set its properties.
1387 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1391 \begin_layout Enumerate
1396 \begin_layout Standard
1401 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1406 \begin_layout Section
1408 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1410 name "sec:Navigating"
1418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1427 \begin_layout Standard
1428 LyX offers you two ways to navigate in documents:
1431 \begin_layout Itemize
1436 lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can click
1437 to jump to the corresponding document part.
1440 \begin_layout Itemize
1443 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1446 or the toolbar button
1447 \begin_inset Graphics
1448 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
1449 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1456 \begin_layout Standard
1457 The outline window shows you the content of the document's table of contents
1458 (TOC) that is described in sec.
1459 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1463 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1465 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
1470 You can click there on entries to jump to the corresponding document part.
1471 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1472 different lists of document objects, like the list of footnotes.
1473 Some of them, the list of tables, figures, and algorithms can also be added
1474 to the document, see
1475 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1477 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
1486 option sorts the current list, and the
1490 option keeps it in the current view state.
1491 Keeping means that when you have e.
1492 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1496 \begin_inset space \space{}
1499 the subsections of section
1500 \begin_inset space ~
1503 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1504 \begin_inset space ~
1507 3, the subsections of section
1508 \begin_inset space ~
1511 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1516 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1517 \begin_inset space ~
1523 \begin_layout Standard
1525 \begin_inset space \space{}
1529 \begin_inset Graphics
1530 filename ../images/down.png
1531 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1536 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1541 \begin_inset space \space{}
1545 \begin_inset Graphics
1546 filename ../images/up.png
1547 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1552 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1556 at the bottom of the outline window you can change the position of sections
1558 So you can for example move section
1559 \begin_inset space ~
1563 \begin_inset space ~
1567 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1569 \begin_inset Graphics
1570 filename ../images/promote.png
1571 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1576 \begin_inset Graphics
1577 filename ../images/demote.png
1578 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1582 or the corresponding key bindings
1590 you can change the sectioning level of sections.
1591 So you can for example make section
1592 \begin_inset space ~
1596 \begin_inset space ~
1600 \begin_inset space ~
1606 \begin_layout Section
1608 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1612 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1616 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1618 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1667 \begin_layout Standard
1668 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1670 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1671 is used to propose completions.
1674 \begin_layout Standard
1675 By default LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as indicator that
1676 there are completions available.
1677 You can then press the
1681 key to use this completion.
1682 When several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1683 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1684 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1691 \begin_layout Standard
1692 In the preferences dialog, that is opened with the menu
1694 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1697 , the cursor completion indicator can be turned off in the section
1699 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1702 by deselecting the option
1709 Automatic inline completion
1711 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor position.
1712 To accept this proposal, use the
1721 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1722 LyX offers some more completion settings for experts that are described
1724 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1728 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1730 reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
1737 \begin_layout Section
1742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1815 \begin_layout Standard
1816 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1817 LyX's default is CUA.
1820 \begin_layout Standard
1824 \begin_inset space ~
1832 \begin_inset space ~
1853 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1857 \begin_layout Labeling
1858 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1862 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1863 LatexCommand nomenclature
1865 description "Tabulator key"
1871 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1872 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1873 \begin_inset space ~
1877 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1879 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1884 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1886 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1890 , especially section
1891 \begin_inset space ~
1895 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1897 reference "sub:Lists"
1903 If you're still confused, look in the
1910 \begin_layout Labeling
1911 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1915 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1916 LatexCommand nomenclature
1918 description "Escape key"
1925 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1929 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1932 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1933 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1936 \begin_layout Labeling
1937 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1943 \begin_inset space ~
1947 \begin_inset space ~
1954 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1955 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1959 \begin_layout Standard
1960 There are three modifier keys:
1963 \begin_layout Labeling
1964 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1970 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1978 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1982 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1983 LatexCommand nomenclature
1985 description "Control key"
1989 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
1990 on which keys it's used in combination with:
1994 \begin_layout Itemize
2003 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2006 \begin_layout Itemize
2015 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2018 \begin_layout Itemize
2027 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2031 \begin_layout Labeling
2032 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2038 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2046 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2050 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2051 LatexCommand nomenclature
2053 description "Shift key"
2057 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
2058 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2061 \begin_layout Labeling
2062 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2068 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2076 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2080 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2081 LatexCommand nomenclature
2083 description "Alt or Meta key"
2087 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2088 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2089 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2095 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2097 menu accelerator keys
2100 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2101 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2105 \begin_layout Standard
2106 For example, the sequence
2107 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2113 \begin_inset space ~
2117 \begin_inset space ~
2123 \begin_inset space ~
2131 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2139 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2143 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2148 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2154 \begin_inset space ~
2160 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2170 \begin_layout Standard
2171 There are also other things bound to the
2175 key, but you'll have to check in the
2187 \begin_layout Standard
2188 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
2189 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
2190 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
2191 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
2192 The LyX menus also list the defined keybindings.
2193 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
2194 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
2195 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2196 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2204 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2211 followed by a capital
2218 \begin_layout Standard
2219 You can list or change the keybindings in the menu
2221 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2226 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2229 as explained in sec.
2230 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2234 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2236 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2241 \begin_inset Formula \[
2249 \begin_layout Chapter
2254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2263 \begin_layout Section
2268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2277 \begin_layout Subsection
2281 \begin_layout Standard
2282 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2283 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2284 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2285 numbering schemes, and so on.
2286 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2287 and format the title of your document differently.
2290 \begin_layout Standard
2295 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2296 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2297 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2298 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2299 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2302 \begin_layout Standard
2303 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2304 how to adjust their properties.
2307 \begin_layout Subsection
2312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2319 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2321 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2328 \begin_layout Standard
2329 You can select a class using the
2331 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2345 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2349 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2353 \begin_layout Standard
2354 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2358 \begin_layout Description
2359 Article for basic articles
2362 \begin_layout Description
2363 Report for basic reports
2366 \begin_layout Description
2367 Book for writing a book
2370 \begin_layout Description
2371 Letter for US-style letters
2374 \begin_layout Standard
2375 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2377 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
2378 can be found in chapter
2380 Special Document Classes
2389 \begin_layout Description
2390 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2393 \begin_layout Description
2400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2409 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
2413 \begin_layout Description
2414 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2415 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2416 There are three article layouts available.
2417 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2418 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2419 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2420 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2422 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2425 sequential numbering
2426 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2429 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2430 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2431 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2432 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2435 \begin_layout Description
2436 Beamer Layout for presentations
2439 \begin_layout Description
2440 broadway Layout for writing plays.
2441 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2445 \begin_layout Description
2447 \begin_inset space ~
2450 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2453 \begin_layout Description
2454 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2457 \begin_layout Description
2460 Die TeXnische Komödie
2462 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
2465 \begin_layout Description
2466 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2469 \begin_layout Description
2470 Foils Used to make transparencies
2473 \begin_layout Description
2474 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2477 \begin_layout Description
2478 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2479 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2483 \begin_layout Description
2484 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2485 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2488 \begin_layout Description
2489 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2492 \begin_layout Description
2493 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2496 \begin_layout Description
2497 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2498 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2501 \begin_layout Description
2502 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2505 \begin_layout Description
2510 LaTeX document class
2513 \begin_layout Description
2514 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2517 \begin_layout Description
2522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2529 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2530 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2532 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2535 \begin_layout Description
2536 Slides Used to make transparencies
2539 \begin_layout Description
2541 \begin_inset space ~
2544 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2545 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2548 \begin_layout Description
2549 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2552 \begin_layout Description
2557 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
2560 \begin_layout Standard
2561 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2563 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
2568 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2569 of the document classes.
2572 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2574 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2593 \begin_layout Standard
2594 Modules load additional features to a document that are not by default available
2595 in the chosen document class.
2596 For example you might want to use write Braille (embossed printing) in
2598 This is of course not available in any document class, so you have to load
2599 the corresponding module in the
2605 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2619 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of the
2623 \begin_layout Standard
2624 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2632 Some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always installed by default.
2633 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
2641 \begin_layout Standard
2642 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2650 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2658 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2662 \begin_layout Standard
2663 Each class has a default set of options.
2664 Here's a quick table describing them:
2667 \begin_layout Standard
2668 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2674 \begin_layout Standard
2676 \begin_inset Tabular
2677 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2679 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2680 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2681 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2682 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2683 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3137 \begin_layout Standard
3138 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3144 \begin_layout Standard
3145 You're probably also wondering what
3146 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3150 \begin_inset space ~
3154 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3158 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3159 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3164 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3169 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3179 headings, there are also
3187 headings, and so on.
3188 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3189 \begin_inset space ~
3193 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3195 reference "sub:Headings"
3202 \begin_layout Subsection
3204 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3206 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3235 \begin_layout Standard
3236 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3238 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3249 \begin_inset space ~
3254 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3256 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3257 to use for your document.
3258 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3262 \begin_layout Standard
3269 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3275 \begin_inset space ~
3280 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3281 You can choose between the following five options:
3284 \begin_layout Labeling
3285 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3290 Use default page style of current class.
3293 \begin_layout Labeling
3294 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3299 No page numbers or headings.
3302 \begin_layout Labeling
3303 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3311 \begin_layout Labeling
3312 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3317 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3318 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3319 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3322 \begin_layout Labeling
3323 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3328 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3338 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3344 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3345 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3347 Check the documentation for the
3351 package for more details,
3352 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3361 \begin_layout Standard
3366 of paragraphs is described in section
3367 \begin_inset space ~
3371 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3373 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3380 \begin_layout Subsection
3381 Paper Size and Orientation
3385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3386 Document ! Paper size
3392 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3394 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3401 \begin_layout Standard
3402 You'll find the following options in the menu
3405 \begin_inset space ~
3410 of the dialog of the
3412 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3430 \begin_layout Labeling
3431 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3435 \begin_inset space ~
3440 What size paper to print on.
3444 \begin_layout Itemize
3450 \begin_layout Itemize
3460 \begin_layout Itemize
3466 \begin_layout Itemize
3472 \begin_layout Itemize
3478 \begin_layout Itemize
3484 \begin_layout Itemize
3490 \begin_layout Labeling
3491 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3496 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3507 \begin_layout Labeling
3508 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3512 \begin_inset space ~
3517 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3518 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3521 \begin_layout Subsection
3523 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3552 \begin_layout Standard
3553 Paper margins are set in the menu
3555 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3571 \begin_layout Standard
3572 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
3573 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3574 the paper format and the font size into account.
3577 \begin_layout Subsection
3581 \begin_layout Standard
3582 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3587 That includes the paragraph environments.
3588 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
3589 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3590 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
3591 paragraph environments to
3595 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
3596 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
3597 the conversion and why it failed.
3600 \begin_layout Section
3601 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3606 Paragraph ! Indentation
3614 \begin_layout Subsection
3616 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3618 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3625 \begin_layout Standard
3626 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3627 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3630 \begin_layout Standard
3631 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3632 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3633 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3634 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3638 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3644 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3645 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3646 language than English.
3647 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3650 \begin_layout Standard
3651 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3652 and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
3654 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3655 LyX takes care of that.
3656 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3658 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3659 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3660 of a page, and so on.
3664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3665 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3670 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3671 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3675 of these pre-coded spacings.
3676 We'll explain more later.
3679 \begin_layout Subsection
3680 Paragraph Separation
3684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3685 Paragraph ! Separation
3693 \begin_layout Standard
3694 To separate paragraphs, select
3705 \begin_inset space ~
3712 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3725 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3726 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3727 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3730 \begin_layout Standard
3740 \begin_layout Standard
3741 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3742 \begin_inset space ~
3746 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3748 reference "cap:Units"
3753 The default length is 30
3754 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3760 \begin_layout Subsection
3764 \begin_layout Standard
3765 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3768 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3770 \begin_inset space ~
3775 dialog and toggle the
3778 \begin_inset space ~
3783 option to change the state of the current paragraph.
3784 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3785 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3789 \begin_layout Standard
3790 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3791 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3794 \begin_layout Subsection
3799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3800 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3808 \begin_layout Standard
3811 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3827 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
3830 \begin_inset space ~
3839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3840 You need to have the LaTeX-package
3848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3849 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
3854 installed to use this feature.
3862 \begin_layout Section
3863 Paragraph Environments
3864 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3866 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
3874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3875 Paragraph ! Environments
3884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3885 Paragraph environments|(
3893 \begin_layout Subsection
3897 \begin_layout Standard
3898 Paragraph environments correspond to the
3901 \begin_layout Standard
3920 \begin_inset Newline newline
3923 command sequence in LaTeX files.
3924 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
3925 alien to you, we urge you to read the
3934 also contains many more examples than this section does.
3937 \begin_layout Standard
3938 A paragraph environment is simply a
3939 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3943 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3946 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
3947 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
3948 scheme, labels, and so on.
3949 Additionally, you can
3950 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3954 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3957 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3958 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3959 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3960 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3961 days of typewriters.
3962 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3964 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3967 \begin_layout Standard
3968 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
3969 \begin_inset Graphics
3970 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
3976 at the left end of the toolbar.
3977 LyX will change the environment of the
3981 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3982 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
3983 you select them before choosing the new environment.
3987 \begin_layout Standard
3996 create a new paragraph using the
4000 paragraph environment.
4002 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4006 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4009 because if you are in one of these environments:
4012 \begin_layout Itemize
4018 \begin_layout Itemize
4024 \begin_layout Itemize
4030 \begin_layout Itemize
4036 \begin_layout Itemize
4042 \begin_layout Itemize
4048 \begin_layout Itemize
4054 \begin_layout Standard
4055 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4059 , rather than resetting it to
4064 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4065 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4066 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4067 \begin_inset space ~
4071 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4073 reference "sec:Nesting"
4078 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4083 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4084 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4088 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4094 \begin_layout Subsection
4098 \begin_layout Standard
4099 The default paragraph environment is
4104 It creates a plain paragraph.
4105 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4106 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4107 this manual) are in the
4114 \begin_layout Standard
4115 You can nest a paragraph using the
4119 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4127 \begin_layout Subsection
4132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4141 \begin_layout Standard
4142 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4144 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4148 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4151 for thanks or contact information.
4152 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4153 page along with today's date.
4154 For other types of documents, the title
4155 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4159 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4162 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4166 \begin_layout Standard
4167 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4181 Here's how you use them:
4184 \begin_layout Itemize
4185 Put the title of your document in the
4192 \begin_layout Itemize
4193 Put the author name in the
4200 \begin_layout Itemize
4201 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4202 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4208 Note that using this environment is optional.
4209 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4210 If you don't want any date, add the line
4211 \begin_inset Newline newline
4221 \begin_inset Newline newline
4224 to the preamble of your document (menu
4226 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4232 \begin_layout Standard
4233 You can use footnotes to insert
4234 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4238 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4241 or contact informations.
4244 \begin_layout Subsection
4249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4256 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4265 \begin_layout Standard
4266 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4267 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4270 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4276 Section headings ! Numbered
4284 \begin_layout Standard
4285 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4289 \begin_layout Enumerate
4295 \begin_layout Enumerate
4301 \begin_layout Enumerate
4307 \begin_layout Enumerate
4313 \begin_layout Enumerate
4319 \begin_layout Enumerate
4325 \begin_layout Enumerate
4331 \begin_layout Standard
4332 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4333 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4334 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4337 \begin_layout Standard
4338 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4339 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4340 You group the book into chapters.
4341 LyX does similar grouping:
4344 \begin_layout Itemize
4349 is divided in either
4360 \begin_layout Itemize
4372 \begin_layout Itemize
4384 \begin_layout Itemize
4396 \begin_layout Itemize
4408 \begin_layout Itemize
4420 \begin_layout Standard
4421 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4429 Not all document types use the
4433 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4438 is the top-level heading.
4446 \begin_layout Standard
4451 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4452 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4454 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4456 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4460 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4466 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4472 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4480 \begin_layout Standard
4481 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4485 \begin_layout Enumerate
4491 \begin_layout Enumerate
4497 \begin_layout Enumerate
4503 \begin_layout Enumerate
4509 \begin_layout Enumerate
4515 \begin_layout Standard
4517 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4521 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4524 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4525 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4526 table of contents, see section
4527 \begin_inset space ~
4531 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4540 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4541 Changing the Numbering
4542 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4544 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4551 \begin_layout Standard
4552 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4553 in the Table of Contents.
4554 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4556 Certain classes start with
4570 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4580 This is something you can change.
4583 \begin_layout Standard
4586 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4606 \begin_inset space ~
4610 \begin_inset space ~
4615 you'll see two counters.
4620 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4622 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4626 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4627 Short Titles of Headings
4631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4632 Section headings ! Short titles
4641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4648 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4650 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4657 \begin_layout Standard
4658 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4659 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4660 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4661 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4664 \begin_layout Standard
4665 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4666 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4667 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4668 To specify a short title, use the menu
4670 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4672 \begin_inset space ~
4678 This will insert a box labeled
4679 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4683 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4687 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4691 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4694 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4695 This also works for captions inside floats.
4698 \begin_layout Standard
4699 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4702 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4706 \begin_layout Standard
4707 The following information applies to all section headings:
4710 \begin_layout Itemize
4711 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4714 \begin_layout Itemize
4715 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4718 \begin_layout Itemize
4719 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4722 \begin_layout Itemize
4723 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4726 \begin_layout Subsection
4727 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4730 \begin_layout Standard
4731 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4745 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4746 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4747 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4748 the text they contain.
4749 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4757 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4760 \begin_layout Standard
4761 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4770 when you start a new paragraph.
4771 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4775 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4776 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4777 to change back to the
4781 environment yourself.
4784 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4794 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4813 \begin_layout Standard
4814 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4815 time for the differences.
4824 are identical except for one difference:
4828 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
4837 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
4840 \begin_layout Standard
4841 Here's an example of the
4854 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
4856 See -- no indentation!
4860 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
4861 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
4862 the other paragraph.
4865 \begin_layout Standard
4866 Here's another example, this time in the
4873 \begin_layout Quotation
4879 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
4880 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
4881 the first line, then
4885 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
4889 you were quoting other text.
4892 \begin_layout Quotation
4893 Here's a new paragraph.
4894 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
4895 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
4898 \begin_layout Standard
4899 As the examples show,
4903 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
4904 They should put quotes in the
4909 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
4913 paragraph environment for quoted text.
4916 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4944 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4953 \begin_layout Standard
4958 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
4964 \begin_inset Newline newline
4967 Which I did not rehearse!
4971 It could be much worse.
4972 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
4974 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
4975 indented a bit more than the first.
4976 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
4982 \begin_inset Newline newline
4985 And make things look fine
4986 \begin_inset Newline newline
4992 arg "newline-insert newline"
4998 \begin_layout Standard
5003 does not indent both margins.
5004 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5005 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5012 arg "newline-insert newline"
5018 \begin_layout Subsection
5023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5030 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5039 \begin_layout Standard
5040 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5050 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5059 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5060 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
5061 some general features of all four of them.
5064 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5068 \begin_layout Standard
5069 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5071 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5080 reset the environment to
5084 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5085 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5086 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5090 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5093 to break paragraphs.
5096 \begin_layout Standard
5097 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5098 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5100 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5101 you read all of section
5102 \begin_inset space ~
5106 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5108 reference "sec:Nesting"
5116 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5132 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5141 \begin_layout Standard
5142 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
5146 paragraph environment.
5147 It has the following properties:
5150 \begin_layout Itemize
5151 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5155 \begin_layout Itemize
5156 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5159 \begin_layout Itemize
5160 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5164 \begin_layout Itemize
5165 The items can have any length.
5166 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5167 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5174 \begin_layout Itemize
5179 environment inside another
5183 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5187 \begin_layout Itemize
5188 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5191 \begin_layout Itemize
5192 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5195 \begin_layout Itemize
5197 \begin_inset space ~
5201 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5203 reference "sec:Nesting"
5207 for a full explanation of nesting.
5211 \begin_layout Standard
5212 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5221 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5224 \begin_layout Standard
5225 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5226 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5227 Note that those of you reading this manual within LyX won't see any difference.
5230 \begin_layout Itemize
5231 The label for the first level
5235 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5239 \begin_layout Itemize
5240 The label for the second level is a dash.
5244 \begin_layout Itemize
5245 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5249 \begin_layout Itemize
5250 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5254 \begin_layout Itemize
5255 Back out to the third level.
5259 \begin_layout Itemize
5260 Back to the second level.
5264 \begin_layout Itemize
5265 Back to the outermost level.
5268 \begin_layout Standard
5269 These are the default labels for an
5274 You can customize these labels in the
5276 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5279 dialog in the submenu
5289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5298 \begin_layout Standard
5299 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5300 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5302 \begin_inset space ~
5306 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5308 reference "sec:Nesting"
5315 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5331 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5333 name "sec:Enumerate"
5340 \begin_layout Standard
5345 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5346 It has these properties:
5349 \begin_layout Enumerate
5350 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5354 \begin_layout Enumerate
5355 The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
5359 \begin_layout Enumerate
5360 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5363 \begin_layout Enumerate
5368 environment resets the counter to one.
5371 \begin_layout Enumerate
5384 \begin_layout Enumerate
5385 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5386 Items can have any length.
5389 \begin_layout Enumerate
5390 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5393 \begin_layout Enumerate
5394 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5397 \begin_layout Enumerate
5398 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5402 \begin_layout Standard
5411 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5412 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5419 \begin_layout Enumerate
5420 The first level of an
5424 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5428 \begin_layout Enumerate
5429 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5433 \begin_layout Enumerate
5434 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5438 \begin_layout Enumerate
5439 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5442 \begin_layout Enumerate
5443 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5448 \begin_layout Enumerate
5449 Back to the third level
5453 \begin_layout Enumerate
5454 Back to the second level.
5458 \begin_layout Enumerate
5459 Back to the outermost level.
5462 \begin_layout Standard
5463 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5468 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5473 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5477 \begin_layout Standard
5478 There is more to nesting
5482 environments than we've stated here.
5483 You should read section
5484 \begin_inset space ~
5488 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5490 reference "sec:Nesting"
5494 to learn more about nesting.
5497 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5515 \begin_layout Standard
5516 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5520 list has no fixed label.
5521 Instead, LyX uses the first
5522 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5526 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5529 of the first line as the label.
5533 \begin_layout Description
5534 Example: This is an example of the
5541 \begin_layout Standard
5542 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5546 \begin_layout Standard
5548 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5552 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5555 it is meant that the first hit of the
5559 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5561 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5569 arg "space-insert protected"
5574 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5575 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5577 \begin_inset space ~
5583 \begin_inset space ~
5587 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5589 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5593 for more info.) Here is an example:
5596 \begin_layout Description
5598 \begin_inset space ~
5601 Example: This one shows how to use a
5604 \begin_inset space ~
5616 \begin_layout Description
5617 Usage: You should use the
5621 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5622 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5624 It's not a good idea to use a
5628 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5629 You're better off using
5641 paragraphs into them.
5644 \begin_layout Description
5645 Nesting: You can nest
5649 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5653 \begin_layout Standard
5654 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5655 them from the first line.
5658 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5676 \begin_layout Standard
5681 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5685 \begin_layout Standard
5694 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5695 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5698 \begin_layout Labeling
5699 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5701 \begin_inset space ~
5704 labels LyX uses the first
5705 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5709 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5712 of each line as the item label.
5717 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5718 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5719 blank as described above.
5722 \begin_layout Labeling
5723 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5724 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5725 the body of the item text.
5726 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5727 label width plus a little extra space.
5731 \begin_layout Labeling
5732 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5734 \begin_inset space ~
5737 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5739 If the label width is larger, the label
5740 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5744 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5747 into the first line.
5748 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5749 margin of the rest of the item text.
5752 \begin_layout Labeling
5753 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5755 \begin_inset space ~
5758 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5763 environment have the same left margin.
5764 \begin_inset Newline newline
5767 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5770 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5772 \begin_inset space ~
5781 \begin_inset space ~
5786 determines the default label width.
5787 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
5789 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5793 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5796 multiple times instead.
5797 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
5799 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5803 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5806 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
5809 \begin_inset space ~
5814 every time you alter a label in a
5819 \begin_inset Newline newline
5822 The predefined default width is the length of
5823 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5827 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5832 \begin_inset Newline newline
5836 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5844 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
5845 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
5853 \begin_layout Standard
5858 environment the same way like the
5862 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
5868 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
5872 \begin_layout Standard
5877 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5879 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
5881 \begin_inset space ~
5885 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5887 reference "sec:Nesting"
5891 to learn about nesting.
5894 \begin_layout Standard
5895 There is yet another feature of the
5899 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
5901 You can use additional
5905 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
5910 are documented in section
5911 \begin_inset space ~
5915 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5917 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
5922 Here are some examples:
5925 \begin_layout Labeling
5926 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5927 Left The default for
5934 \begin_layout Labeling
5935 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5936 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5943 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
5946 \begin_layout Labeling
5947 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5948 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5952 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5959 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
5962 \begin_layout Subsection
5967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5976 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5984 \begin_inset space ~
5992 \begin_layout Standard
5993 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
6001 \begin_inset space ~
6007 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
6008 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
6009 In contrast, you can use the
6016 \begin_inset space ~
6021 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
6022 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
6026 \begin_layout Standard
6027 Of course, you're not limited to using
6034 \begin_inset space ~
6043 \begin_inset space ~
6048 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
6049 some European academic papers.
6052 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6054 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6056 name "sec:Address-Usage"
6063 \begin_layout Standard
6068 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
6069 for the opening and signature in some countries.
6073 \begin_inset space ~
6078 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
6079 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
6080 Here's an example of each:
6083 \begin_layout Right Address
6085 \begin_inset Newline newline
6089 \begin_inset Newline newline
6093 \begin_inset Newline newline
6096 When is it? What is today?
6099 \begin_layout Standard
6103 \begin_inset space ~
6109 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
6110 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
6111 Here's an example of the
6118 \begin_layout Address
6120 \begin_inset Newline newline
6123 Where do I send this
6124 \begin_inset Newline newline
6127 Your post office and country
6130 \begin_layout Standard
6131 As you can see, both
6138 \begin_inset space ~
6143 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
6148 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
6154 This makes sense, since
6162 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
6163 Thus, you have to use
6170 arg "newline-insert newline"
6176 \begin_inset space ~
6179 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6181 \begin_inset space ~
6190 menu) to start a new line in an
6197 \begin_inset space ~
6205 \begin_layout Subsection
6209 \begin_layout Standard
6210 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
6211 or list of references.
6212 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
6215 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6231 \begin_layout Standard
6236 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
6237 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6238 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
6239 Also, don't bother trying to nest
6243 in anything else or vice versa.
6249 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
6250 The book document classes ignores the
6254 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
6258 in a letter document class.
6261 \begin_layout Standard
6266 environment does several things for you.
6267 First, it puts the centered label
6268 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6272 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6276 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
6278 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
6279 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
6280 the subsequent text.
6281 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
6282 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
6285 \begin_layout Standard
6286 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
6290 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6291 The new paragraph will still be in the
6296 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6297 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6300 \begin_layout Standard
6301 \begin_inset Float figure
6306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6308 \begin_inset Graphics
6309 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
6317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6318 \begin_inset Caption
6320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6321 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6323 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6344 \begin_layout Standard
6345 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6349 environment, but since this document is in the
6350 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6354 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6357 class, we can't do this.
6358 We inserted it therefore as figure
6359 \begin_inset space ~
6363 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6365 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6370 If you've never heard of an
6371 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6375 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6378 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6381 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6397 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6399 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6406 \begin_layout Standard
6411 environment is used to list references.
6412 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6413 only use it at the end of the document.
6418 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6421 \begin_layout Standard
6422 When you first open a
6426 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6427 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6431 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6435 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6439 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6442 depending on the document class.
6443 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6444 Each paragraph of the
6448 environment is a bibliography entry.
6453 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6454 Each new paragraph is still in the
6461 \begin_layout Standard
6462 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
6463 by using a BibTeX database.
6464 For more information on that, and for a a detailed description of LyX's
6465 bibliography handling, have a look at in section
6466 \begin_inset space ~
6470 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6472 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6479 \begin_layout Subsection
6486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6487 Paragraph ! LyX code
6493 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6502 \begin_layout Standard
6507 environment is another LyX extension.
6508 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6513 key as a fixed whitespace;
6517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6529 \begin_inset space ~
6534 instead of an end-of-word marker.
6539 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
6540 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6543 arg "newline-insert newline"
6560 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6561 So, when you finish using the
6565 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6566 Also, you can nest the
6570 environment inside of others.
6573 \begin_layout Standard
6574 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6577 \begin_layout Itemize
6581 arg "newline-insert newline"
6584 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
6585 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6589 \begin_inset space ~
6599 arg "newline-insert newline"
6605 \begin_layout Itemize
6609 arg "newline-insert newline"
6620 \begin_layout Itemize
6625 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6632 \begin_layout Itemize
6636 arg "space-insert protected"
6643 \begin_layout Itemize
6644 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6645 You must put at least one
6649 in any line you want blank.
6650 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6653 \begin_layout Itemize
6654 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6658 since that will insert
6663 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6666 arg "self-insert \""
6672 \begin_layout Standard
6676 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6680 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6684 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6688 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6692 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6693 printf("Hello World!
6698 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6702 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6706 \begin_layout Standard
6707 This is just the standard
6708 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6712 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6719 \begin_layout Standard
6724 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6725 rc-files, and so on.
6726 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6727 as if you used a typewriter.
6731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6732 Paragraph environments|)
6740 \begin_layout Section
6741 Nesting Environments
6745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6746 Nesting ! Environments
6752 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6761 \begin_layout Subsection
6765 \begin_layout Standard
6766 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6768 This allows you to create blocks that inherits some of the properties of
6770 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6772 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6774 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6778 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6784 \begin_layout Enumerate
6788 \begin_layout Enumerate
6793 \begin_layout Enumerate
6797 \begin_layout Enumerate
6802 \begin_layout Enumerate
6806 \begin_layout Standard
6807 You put a list inside of a list by nesting one list inside the other.
6808 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
6811 \begin_inset space ~
6815 \begin_inset space ~
6823 \begin_inset space ~
6827 \begin_inset space ~
6836 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
6837 will tell you how far you are nested).
6838 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
6839 \begin_inset Graphics
6840 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
6845 \begin_inset Graphics
6846 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
6850 or the convenient key bindings
6861 arg "depth-increment"
6867 arg "depth-decrement"
6870 to change the nesting level.
6871 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
6872 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
6876 \begin_layout Standard
6877 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
6878 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
6879 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
6880 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
6883 \begin_layout Standard
6884 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
6885 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
6887 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
6890 \begin_layout Subsection
6891 What You Can and Can't Nest
6894 \begin_layout Standard
6895 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
6896 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
6899 \begin_layout Standard
6900 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
6901 complicated than a simple yes or no.
6902 There are three types of paragraph environments:
6905 \begin_layout Itemize
6906 Completely unnestable
6909 \begin_layout Itemize
6910 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside of things and you can also nest
6911 other things inside of them.
6914 \begin_layout Itemize
6915 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
6919 \begin_layout Standard
6920 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
6921 environments have them:
6924 \begin_layout Description
6925 Unnestable Can't nest them.
6926 Can't nest into them.
6930 \begin_layout Itemize
6936 \begin_layout Itemize
6942 \begin_layout Itemize
6948 \begin_layout Itemize
6954 \begin_layout Itemize
6961 \begin_layout Description
6963 \begin_inset space ~
6966 Nestable You can nest them.
6967 You can nest other things into them.
6971 \begin_layout Itemize
6977 \begin_layout Itemize
6983 \begin_layout Itemize
6989 \begin_layout Itemize
6995 \begin_layout Itemize
7001 \begin_layout Itemize
7007 \begin_layout Itemize
7013 \begin_layout Itemize
7020 \begin_layout Description
7021 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
7022 You can't nest anything into them.
7026 \begin_layout Itemize
7032 \begin_layout Itemize
7038 \begin_layout Itemize
7044 \begin_layout Itemize
7050 \begin_layout Itemize
7056 \begin_layout Itemize
7062 \begin_layout Itemize
7068 \begin_layout Itemize
7074 \begin_layout Itemize
7080 \begin_layout Itemize
7086 \begin_layout Itemize
7092 \begin_layout Itemize
7098 \begin_layout Itemize
7104 \begin_layout Itemize
7108 \begin_inset space ~
7114 \begin_layout Itemize
7121 \begin_layout Standard
7122 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7130 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
7139 \begin_inset space ~
7143 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7147 \begin_inset space \space{}
7150 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this.
7151 Because the aim is to create well structured documents following usual
7152 guidelines of typesetting, but nested section headings violates them.
7160 \begin_layout Subsection
7161 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
7165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7166 Nesting ! Tables etc.
7174 \begin_layout Standard
7175 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
7176 affected by nesting anyhow.
7180 \begin_layout Itemize
7184 \begin_layout Itemize
7188 \begin_layout Itemize
7192 \begin_layout Standard
7194 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7202 Figures and tables in
7206 are not affected by this.
7211 Have a look at section
7212 \begin_inset space ~
7216 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7218 reference "sec:Floats"
7222 for more informations about
7229 \begin_layout Standard
7230 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
7231 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
7235 \begin_layout Standard
7236 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
7237 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7241 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7244 of its own, it behaves just like a
7245 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7249 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7252 paragraph environment.
7253 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
7257 \begin_layout Standard
7258 Here's an example with a table:
7261 \begin_layout Enumerate
7266 \begin_layout Enumerate
7267 This is (a) and it's nested.
7271 \begin_layout Standard
7272 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7278 \begin_layout Standard
7280 \begin_inset Tabular
7281 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7283 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7284 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7368 \begin_layout Standard
7369 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7376 \begin_layout Enumerate
7378 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7382 \begin_layout Enumerate
7386 \begin_layout Standard
7387 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7390 \begin_layout Enumerate
7395 \begin_layout Enumerate
7396 This is (a) and it's nested.
7400 \begin_layout Standard
7401 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7407 \begin_layout Standard
7409 \begin_inset Tabular
7410 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7412 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7413 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7497 \begin_layout Standard
7498 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7504 \begin_layout Enumerate
7511 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7514 \begin_layout Enumerate
7518 \begin_layout Standard
7519 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7523 \begin_layout Standard
7524 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7526 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
7529 \begin_layout Enumerate
7534 \begin_layout Enumerate
7535 This is (a) and it's nested.
7538 \begin_layout Standard
7539 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7545 \begin_layout Standard
7547 \begin_inset Tabular
7548 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7550 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7551 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7635 \begin_layout Standard
7636 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7642 \begin_layout Enumerate
7644 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7652 \begin_layout Enumerate
7656 \begin_layout Standard
7657 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7663 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7664 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7668 \begin_layout Subsection
7669 Usage and General Features
7672 \begin_layout Standard
7673 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7675 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7679 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7682 is the innermost possible depth.
7683 Here's an example to display what we mean:
7686 \begin_layout Enumerate
7687 level #1 - outermost
7691 \begin_layout Enumerate
7696 \begin_layout Enumerate
7701 \begin_layout Enumerate
7706 \begin_layout Itemize
7711 \begin_layout Itemize
7720 \begin_layout Standard
7721 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7722 both of them in the example.
7723 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7733 For example, if we tried to nest another
7738 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7742 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7748 \begin_layout Subsection
7753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7762 \begin_layout Standard
7763 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7764 We have several examples of nested environments.
7765 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7769 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7770 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7773 \begin_layout Labeling
7774 \labelwidthstring MMM
7775 #1-a This is the outermost level.
7784 \begin_layout Labeling
7785 \labelwidthstring MMM
7786 #2-a This is level #2.
7787 We created it by using
7790 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7796 arg "depth-increment"
7803 \begin_layout Labeling
7804 \labelwidthstring MMM
7805 #3-a This is level #3.
7806 This time, we just hit
7813 arg "depth-increment"
7817 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
7821 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7827 arg "depth-increment"
7834 \begin_layout Standard
7839 environment, nested inside of
7840 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7844 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7848 So, it's at level #4.
7849 We did this by hitting
7852 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7858 arg "depth-increment"
7861 , then changing the paragraph environment to
7866 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
7882 \begin_layout Standard
7887 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
7890 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7896 \begin_layout Labeling
7897 \labelwidthstring MMM
7898 #4-a This is level #4.
7902 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7905 and changed the paragraph environment back to
7910 Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
7914 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
7919 keep nesting things inside of
7920 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7924 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7931 \begin_layout Labeling
7932 \labelwidthstring MMM
7933 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7938 \begin_layout Labeling
7939 \labelwidthstring MMM
7940 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7941 and this is level #6.
7942 By now, you should know how we made these two.
7946 \begin_layout Labeling
7947 \labelwidthstring MMM
7948 #5-b Back to level #5.
7952 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7958 arg "depth-decrement"
7965 \begin_layout Labeling
7966 \labelwidthstring MMM
7970 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7976 arg "depth-decrement"
7979 , we're back at level #4.
7983 \begin_layout Labeling
7984 \labelwidthstring MMM
7985 #3-b Back to level #3.
7986 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
7990 \begin_layout Labeling
7991 \labelwidthstring MMM
7992 #2-b Back to level #2.
7997 \begin_layout Labeling
7998 \labelwidthstring MMM
7999 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
8000 After this sentence, we'll hit
8004 and change the paragraph environment back to
8011 \begin_layout Standard
8012 We could have also used the
8028 environment in place of the
8033 The example would have worked exactly the same.
8036 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8037 Example 2: Inheritance
8040 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8041 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
8044 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8053 arg "depth-increment"
8056 , after which, we'll change to the
8064 \begin_layout Enumerate
8069 environment, at level #2.
8072 \begin_layout Enumerate
8073 Notice how the nested
8077 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
8081 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
8085 \begin_layout Standard
8086 We ended this example by hitting
8091 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
8095 and resetting the nesting depth by using
8098 arg "depth-decrement"
8104 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8105 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
8117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8118 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
8126 \begin_layout Enumerate
8127 This is level #1, in an
8131 paragraph environment.
8132 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
8136 \begin_layout Enumerate
8141 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8147 arg "depth-increment"
8151 Now, what happens if we nest an
8155 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
8156 label be? An asterisk?
8160 \begin_layout Itemize
8170 environment, even though it's at level #3.
8171 So, its label is a bullet.
8172 (We got here by using
8175 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8181 arg "depth-increment"
8184 , then changing the environment to
8192 \begin_layout Itemize
8193 Here's level #4, produced using
8196 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8202 arg "depth-increment"
8206 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8211 \begin_layout Enumerate
8212 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8214 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
8219 Notice the type of numbering, it is
8223 , because we are in the
8232 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8251 \begin_layout Enumerate
8256 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
8257 type of numbering does LyX use?
8260 \begin_layout Enumerate
8261 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
8264 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8267 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
8270 \begin_layout Enumerate
8274 arg "depth-decrement"
8277 to decrease the depth after the next
8280 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8287 \begin_layout Enumerate
8289 Look what type of label LyX is using!
8293 \begin_layout Enumerate
8295 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
8296 numeral as the label.Why?
8299 \begin_layout Enumerate
8300 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
8309 Notice, however, that LyX
8313 reset the counter for the label.
8317 \begin_layout Enumerate
8321 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8327 arg "depth-decrement"
8330 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
8331 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
8332 into the twofold-nested
8340 \begin_layout Enumerate
8341 The same thing happens if we do another
8344 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8350 arg "depth-decrement"
8353 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
8356 \begin_layout Standard
8357 Lastly, we reset the environment to
8362 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8376 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8382 The same rule applies for the
8386 environment, as well.
8389 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8390 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8393 \begin_layout Enumerate
8394 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8395 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8396 same detail with how we did it.
8405 \begin_layout Standard
8413 arg "depth-increment"
8420 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8421 example in parentheses someplace.
8422 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
8423 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8424 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8428 \begin_layout Enumerate
8433 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8438 Now we'll add verse.
8439 \begin_inset Newline newline
8442 It will get much worse.
8443 \begin_inset Newline newline
8453 arg "depth-increment"
8464 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8465 \begin_inset Newline newline
8468 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8469 \begin_inset Newline newline
8475 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8488 \begin_layout Standard
8489 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8495 \begin_layout Standard
8497 \begin_inset Tabular
8498 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8500 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8501 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
8544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8590 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8600 arg "depth-increment"
8606 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8616 arg "depth-decrement"
8623 \begin_layout Enumerate
8628 : level #1) This is another item.
8629 Note that selecting a
8633 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
8634 3 times to put the table inside the
8642 \begin_layout Quotation
8643 We're now ending the
8647 list and changing to
8652 We're still at level #1.
8653 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
8654 The next set of paragraphs is a
8655 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8659 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8669 \begin_inset space ~
8674 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8678 for the letter body.
8682 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8685 to preserve the depth.
8686 Remember that you need to use
8689 arg "newline-insert newline"
8692 to create multiple lines inside the
8699 \begin_inset space ~
8709 \begin_layout Right Address
8711 \begin_inset Newline newline
8714 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8715 \begin_inset Newline newline
8721 \begin_layout Address
8723 \begin_inset space ~
8729 \begin_layout Quotation
8730 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8731 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8734 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8735 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8736 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8737 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8738 as soon as possible.
8739 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8742 \begin_layout Quotation
8743 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8744 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8745 with your order, along with payment.
8748 \begin_layout Quotation
8749 We thank you again for your patience.
8752 \begin_layout Address
8754 \begin_inset Newline newline
8761 \begin_layout Quotation
8762 That ends that example!
8765 \begin_layout Standard
8766 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8767 just a few keystrokes.
8768 We could have easily nested an
8789 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
8792 \begin_layout Section
8793 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
8797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8806 \begin_layout Standard
8807 What is a space? While you might be used to press the space key anytime
8808 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
8809 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
8810 be broken at the end of a line.
8811 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8815 \begin_layout Subsection
8817 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8819 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8836 \begin_layout Standard
8837 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8839 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8843 Further documentation is given in section
8844 \begin_inset Newline newline
8848 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8850 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8858 \begin_layout Standard
8859 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8860 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8864 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8868 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8872 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8874 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8879 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8883 A protected space is set with
8885 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8886 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8890 \begin_inset space ~
8900 arg "space-insert protected"
8906 \begin_layout Subsection
8908 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8910 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
8918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8919 Spacing ! Horizontal
8927 \begin_layout Standard
8928 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
8930 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8931 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8935 The length units are listed in Appendix
8936 \begin_inset space ~
8940 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8942 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8949 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8951 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8953 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
8961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8970 \begin_layout Standard
8972 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8976 \begin_inset space \space{}
8979 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
8980 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
8981 \begin_inset space ~
8985 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8987 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
8992 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
8993 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
8996 arg "space-insert normal"
9002 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9004 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9006 name "sub:Thin-Space"
9014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9023 \begin_layout Standard
9025 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9029 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9032 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
9033 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9037 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9041 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
9042 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
9043 inside abbreviations:
9048 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9052 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
9055 \begin_layout Standard
9056 or between values and units.
9057 Compare for example this:
9058 \begin_inset Newline newline
9062 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9066 \begin_inset Newline newline
9072 \begin_layout Standard
9073 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
9075 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9076 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9078 \begin_inset space ~
9086 arg "space-insert thin"
9092 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9094 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9096 name "sub:More-Spaces"
9103 \begin_layout Standard
9104 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
9107 \begin_layout Description
9109 \begin_inset space ~
9113 \begin_inset space ~
9117 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9121 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
9125 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9128 Negative thin space between the arrows.
9131 \begin_layout Description
9133 \begin_inset space ~
9137 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9141 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9145 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
9149 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9153 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9156 em) space between the arrows.
9159 \begin_layout Description
9161 \begin_inset space ~
9165 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9169 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9173 \begin_inset space \quad{}
9177 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9181 \begin_inset space ~
9185 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9188 em) space between the arrows.
9191 \begin_layout Description
9193 \begin_inset space ~
9197 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9201 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9205 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
9209 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9213 \begin_inset space ~
9217 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9220 em) space between the arrows.
9223 \begin_layout Description
9225 \begin_inset space ~
9229 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9233 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
9238 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9242 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9245 cm space between the arrows.
9248 \begin_layout Standard
9250 \begin_inset space ~
9254 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9256 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
9260 lists the different space sizes.
9263 \begin_layout Standard
9264 \begin_inset Float table
9269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9271 \begin_inset Caption
9273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9274 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9276 name "tab:Width-of-the"
9280 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
9288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9290 \begin_inset Tabular
9291 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
9293 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9294 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9334 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9358 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9382 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9406 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9421 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9434 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9449 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9462 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9477 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9490 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9511 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9529 \begin_layout Standard
9530 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
9531 in a uniform fashion.
9532 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
9533 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
9534 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
9535 equally between themselves.
9539 \begin_layout Standard
9540 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
9545 This is on the left side
9546 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9549 This is on the right
9555 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9559 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9568 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9572 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9576 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9582 \begin_layout Standard
9583 That was an example in the
9589 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9593 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9597 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9600 is one in a standard paragraph.
9601 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
9605 sitting in-between the two arrows.
9608 \begin_layout Standard
9609 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
9612 \begin_inset space ~
9617 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
9620 \begin_layout Standard
9622 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
9626 \begin_inset space ~
9632 \begin_layout Standard
9634 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
9638 \begin_inset space ~
9644 \begin_layout Standard
9646 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
9650 \begin_inset space ~
9656 \begin_layout Standard
9658 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
9662 \begin_inset space ~
9668 \begin_layout Standard
9670 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
9674 \begin_inset space ~
9680 \begin_layout Standard
9682 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
9686 \begin_inset space ~
9692 \begin_layout Standard
9693 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9701 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
9705 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9706 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9707 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9711 option in the space dialog.
9719 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9733 \begin_layout Standard
9734 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
9736 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9740 \begin_inset space \space{}
9743 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
9746 \begin_layout Standard
9747 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9750 What is correct English?:
9751 \begin_inset Newline newline
9755 \begin_inset Newline newline
9759 \begin_inset space ~
9762 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9763 \begin_inset Newline newline
9770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9781 \begin_inset Newline newline
9788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9799 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9805 \begin_layout Standard
9806 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
9807 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9811 \begin_inset space ~
9815 \begin_inset space ~
9819 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9823 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
9833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9835 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9839 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9841 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
9845 for more information about TeX-Code.
9851 In our case write the command
9858 (note the space after
9859 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9863 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9866 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
9867 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
9868 That is why it is named
9869 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9873 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9881 There exists also the commands
9893 , but this too special for the LyX User Guide.
9894 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
9895 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
9897 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
9909 \begin_layout Subsection
9911 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9913 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
9921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9930 \begin_layout Standard
9931 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
9933 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9934 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9936 \begin_inset space ~
9942 There you find the following sizes:
9945 \begin_layout Standard
9958 are LaTeX sizes which depends on the font size of the document.
9963 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
9965 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9978 for the paragraph separation.
9979 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
9990 \begin_layout Standard
9999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10005 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
10006 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
10008 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
10009 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
10018 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
10022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10027 s are described in section
10028 \begin_inset space ~
10032 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10034 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
10043 If there are several
10047 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
10048 You can therefore use
10052 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
10055 \begin_layout Standard
10060 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
10061 \begin_inset space ~
10065 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10067 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
10074 \begin_layout Standard
10075 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10085 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
10086 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
10098 \begin_layout Subsection
10099 Paragraph Alignment
10102 \begin_layout Standard
10103 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
10105 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10109 There are four possibilities:
10112 \begin_layout Itemize
10118 \begin_layout Itemize
10124 \begin_layout Itemize
10130 \begin_layout Itemize
10136 \begin_layout Standard
10137 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
10138 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
10139 the left and right margins.
10140 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
10143 \begin_layout Standard
10145 This paragraph is right aligned,
10148 \begin_layout Standard
10150 this one is centered,
10153 \begin_layout Standard
10155 this one is left aligned.
10158 \begin_layout Subsection
10163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10164 Page breaks ! Forced
10170 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10172 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
10179 \begin_layout Standard
10180 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
10181 can force a page break where you want one.
10182 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
10183 Only if you use many
10187 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
10190 \begin_layout Standard
10191 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished, and
10192 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
10196 have to change the page breaking.
10199 \begin_layout Standard
10200 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
10202 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
10204 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10205 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10207 \begin_inset space ~
10213 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
10215 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10216 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10218 \begin_inset space ~
10223 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
10225 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
10226 on which only the last few lines are absent.
10229 \begin_layout Standard
10230 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
10231 at the top of a page.
10232 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
10233 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
10234 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
10235 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
10237 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10239 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
10243 to learn more about
10250 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10252 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10254 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
10262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10263 Page breaks ! Clear
10271 \begin_layout Standard
10272 Differently to forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is directly
10273 placed at the next page, pages can also be cleared while breaking them.
10274 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and all, perhaps not
10275 yet processed floats from previous document parts are placed behind it,
10276 if necessary by adding pages.
10279 \begin_layout Standard
10280 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
10282 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10283 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10285 \begin_inset space ~
10291 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
10293 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10294 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10296 \begin_inset space ~
10300 \begin_inset space ~
10305 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
10306 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
10309 \begin_layout Subsection
10314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10321 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10323 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
10330 \begin_layout Standard
10331 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
10333 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
10335 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10336 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10338 \begin_inset space ~
10342 \begin_inset space ~
10350 arg "newline-insert newline"
10354 Another type that is inserted via the menu
10356 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10357 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10359 \begin_inset space ~
10363 \begin_inset space ~
10368 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
10370 This is necessary to avoid
10371 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10375 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10378 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
10381 \begin_layout Standard
10382 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
10383 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
10384 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
10385 set a line break, e.
10386 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10390 \begin_inset space \space{}
10393 in a poem or for an address (see sections
10394 \begin_inset space ~
10398 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10400 reference "sec:Quote"
10405 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10407 reference "sec:Verse"
10412 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10414 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
10421 \begin_layout Subsection
10423 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10425 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
10433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10442 \begin_layout Standard
10447 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10448 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10450 \begin_inset space ~
10455 you can insert horizontal lines that span the whole width of the document
10461 \begin_layout Section
10462 Characters and Symbols
10465 \begin_layout Standard
10466 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
10467 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
10468 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10472 \begin_inset space \space{}
10475 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
10477 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10481 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10483 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
10487 for informations how this is done.
10490 \begin_layout Standard
10491 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
10496 dialog via the menu
10498 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10499 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10505 \begin_layout Standard
10506 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10514 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
10515 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
10516 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
10524 \begin_layout Section
10525 Fonts and Text Styles
10526 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10528 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
10535 \begin_layout Subsection
10540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10549 \begin_layout Standard
10550 There are two types of fonts:
10553 \begin_layout Description
10555 \begin_inset space ~
10562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10568 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.
10569 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10573 characters) in the font.
10574 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
10575 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
10576 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
10577 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
10578 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
10579 Only at very small sizes it might be hard to provide a good rendering at
10580 very small sizes, where each pixel has to be very carefully computed to
10581 provide a good image.
10582 \begin_inset Newline newline
10585 One could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
10586 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
10587 That improves the appearance, because you need more details at large font
10588 sizes than at small ones.
10589 \begin_inset Newline newline
10603 \begin_inset space ~
10611 \begin_layout Description
10613 \begin_inset space ~
10620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10626 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
10627 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
10628 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
10629 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
10630 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
10631 picture manipulation program.
10632 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
10633 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
10634 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
10635 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
10636 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
10638 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exists as fixed versions have
10639 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
10640 \begin_inset Newline newline
10643 Bitmap fonts are named
10646 \begin_inset space ~
10651 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
10654 \begin_layout Standard
10655 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
10656 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
10657 So one need less font size definitions for scalable fonts.
10658 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
10659 use scalable fonts.
10662 \begin_layout Standard
10663 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
10664 its document properties.
10667 \begin_layout Standard
10668 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10669 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10670 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10671 font to emphasize text, you use an
10672 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10676 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10680 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10681 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10685 \begin_layout Subsection
10686 Document Font and Font size
10687 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10689 name "sub:Document-Font"
10697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10716 \begin_layout Standard
10717 You can set the document fonts in the
10719 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10727 Document ! Settings
10733 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
10734 font shapes roman (serif),
10737 \begin_inset space ~
10749 \begin_layout Standard
10750 The possible options for the font include
10754 and a list of fonts available on your system.
10759 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
10760 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10768 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10776 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10781 European Computer Modern
10784 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10794 \begin_layout Standard
10803 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
10804 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
10808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10809 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
10812 \begin_inset space ~
10817 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
10823 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
10824 There are three ways to use one:
10827 \begin_layout Itemize
10828 One way is to use the
10838 Virtual means that it
10839 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10843 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10850 -glyphs from other fonts.
10851 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
10853 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10857 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10861 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10865 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10873 Loading the LaTeX-package
10881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10882 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
10887 with the document preamble line
10888 \begin_inset Newline newline
10895 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
10896 \begin_inset Newline newline
10901 will fix the guillemet problem.
10906 and that accented characters are not
10910 glyph, they are build of
10914 characters, the accent and the letter.
10915 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
10919 fonts for words with accented characters.
10920 If you search for example for the French word
10921 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10925 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10928 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
10930 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10934 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10937 and not for the glyph
10938 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10942 \begin_inset space ~
10946 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10952 \begin_layout Itemize
10953 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
10957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10966 , consist of these three main font types
10969 \begin_inset space ~
10998 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11002 \begin_inset space ~
11009 as typewriter font.
11010 \begin_inset Newline newline
11013 The differences between roman,
11016 \begin_inset space ~
11025 fonts are explained in section
11026 \begin_inset space ~
11030 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11032 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11037 \begin_inset Newline newline
11044 was originally designed for newspapers.
11045 That means its glyphs are smaller than the one from other fonts to fit
11046 into the small newspaper columns.
11051 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
11054 \begin_layout Itemize
11055 The best solution is to use the
11064 These fonts were developed in order of the LaTeX community to replace
11068 as the default font.
11069 In most cases they look the same as
11077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11078 One difference is improved kerning for the
11091 covers a vast number of characters over the other two families
11102 \begin_layout Standard
11103 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11106 For the font size there are four possible values:
11123 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
11126 \begin_layout Standard
11127 The font sizes are the
11132 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
11133 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
11134 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
11137 \begin_inset space ~
11143 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
11144 \begin_inset space ~
11148 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11150 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11157 \begin_layout Standard
11162 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
11163 a font to display the script characters.
11167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11168 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
11173 So this has no effect for the document language
11189 \begin_layout Standard
11190 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11194 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11202 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
11206 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
11207 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
11208 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
11210 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11213 dialog, see section
11214 \begin_inset space ~
11218 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11220 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
11232 \begin_layout Subsection
11233 Using Different Character Styles
11237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11256 \begin_layout Standard
11257 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
11258 certain paragraph environments.
11259 LyX supports two character styles,
11268 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
11272 \begin_layout Standard
11277 style, do one of the following:
11280 \begin_layout Itemize
11281 click on the toolbar button
11282 \begin_inset Graphics
11283 filename ../images/font-noun.png
11290 \begin_layout Itemize
11291 use the key binding
11300 \begin_layout Standard
11301 These commands are all toggles.
11306 style is already active, they deactivate it.
11309 \begin_layout Standard
11310 One typically uses the
11314 style for proper names.
11316 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11323 is the original author of LyX.
11324 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11330 \begin_layout Standard
11331 A more widely used character style is the
11336 You can activate (or deactivate - it's also a toggle) the
11343 \begin_layout Itemize
11344 clicking on the toolbar button
11345 \begin_inset Graphics
11346 filename ../images/font-emph.png
11353 \begin_layout Itemize
11354 using the keybindings
11363 \begin_layout Standard
11368 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
11369 es use a different font.
11372 \begin_layout Standard
11373 We've been using the
11377 style all over the place in this document.
11378 Here's one more example:
11381 \begin_layout Quotation
11384 Don't overuse character styles!
11387 \begin_layout Standard
11388 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
11389 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
11390 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
11391 the common tendency to overuse character style.
11395 \begin_layout Standard
11396 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
11404 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11406 \begin_inset space ~
11414 \begin_layout Subsection
11415 Fine-Tuning with the
11420 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11422 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11439 \begin_layout Standard
11440 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
11441 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
11442 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
11443 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
11444 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
11445 from ordinary dialog.
11448 \begin_layout Standard
11449 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
11450 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
11451 \begin_inset Newline newline
11454 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
11455 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
11458 \begin_layout Standard
11459 To use custom character styles, open the
11461 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11463 \begin_inset space ~
11469 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
11470 font property which you can choose.
11471 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
11474 \begin_inset space ~
11479 , which keeps the current state of that property.
11484 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
11485 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
11486 environments in a snap.
11489 \begin_layout Standard
11490 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
11493 \begin_inset space ~
11505 \begin_layout Labeling
11506 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11512 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11516 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11520 The possible options are:
11524 \begin_layout Labeling
11525 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11530 This is the Roman font family.
11531 Normally a serif font.
11532 It's also the default family.
11542 \begin_layout Labeling
11543 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11547 \begin_inset space ~
11554 This is the Sans Serif font family.
11566 \begin_layout Labeling
11567 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11574 This is the Typewriter font family.
11580 arg "font-typewriter"
11589 \begin_layout Labeling
11590 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11595 This corresponds to the print weight.
11600 \begin_layout Labeling
11601 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11606 This is the Medium font series.
11607 It's also the default series.
11610 \begin_layout Labeling
11611 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11618 This is the Bold font series.
11631 \begin_layout Labeling
11632 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11637 As the name implies.
11642 \begin_layout Labeling
11643 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11648 This is the Upright font shape.
11649 It's also the default shape.
11652 \begin_layout Labeling
11653 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11667 s the Italic font shape
11673 \begin_layout Labeling
11674 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11681 This is the Slanted font shape
11683 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
11686 \begin_layout Labeling
11687 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11691 \begin_inset space ~
11698 This is the Small caps font shape
11705 \begin_layout Labeling
11706 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11711 Alters the size of the font.
11712 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
11713 nal to the document font size.
11714 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
11715 what you want to do.
11720 \begin_layout Labeling
11721 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11729 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11733 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11742 arg "font-size tiny"
11748 \begin_layout Labeling
11749 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11757 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11761 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11770 arg "font-size scriptsize"
11776 \begin_layout Labeling
11777 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11785 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11789 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11798 arg "font-size footnotesize"
11804 \begin_layout Labeling
11805 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11813 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11817 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11826 arg "font-size small"
11832 \begin_layout Labeling
11833 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11839 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11843 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11847 It's also the default size.
11851 arg "font-size normal"
11857 \begin_layout Labeling
11858 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11866 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11870 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11879 arg "font-size large"
11885 \begin_layout Labeling
11886 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11894 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11898 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11907 arg "font-size larger"
11913 \begin_layout Labeling
11914 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11922 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11926 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11935 arg "font-size largest"
11941 \begin_layout Labeling
11942 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11950 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11954 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11963 arg "font-size huge"
11969 \begin_layout Labeling
11970 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11978 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11982 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11991 arg "font-size giant"
11998 \begin_layout Standard
12003 : don't go crazy with this feature.
12004 You should almost never need to change the font size.
12005 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
12006 - use that instead.
12007 This is here for fine-tuning only!
12010 \begin_layout Labeling
12011 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12016 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
12021 \begin_layout Labeling
12022 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12029 This is text with emphasize on
12032 This might seem like the same as
12036 , but it is actually a bit different.
12042 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
12044 Normally this font is equal to italic.
12047 \begin_layout Labeling
12048 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12055 This is text with Underbar on.
12061 arg "font-underline"
12067 \begin_inset Newline newline
12072 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
12073 when you couldn't change fonts.
12074 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
12075 It's only included in LyX because some people
12079 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
12082 \begin_layout Labeling
12083 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12090 This is text with Noun on.
12097 , this is a logical attribute.
12098 Normally it's equivalent to
12101 \begin_inset space ~
12110 \begin_layout Labeling
12111 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12116 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
12117 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
12121 \begin_inset space ~
12126 , which is the default
12127 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12131 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12134 and means normally black, you can choose between
12170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12179 \begin_layout Labeling
12180 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12185 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12186 the language of the document.
12187 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12191 \begin_layout Standard
12192 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12193 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12195 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12197 \begin_inset space ~
12202 dialog, the settings are saved.
12203 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12204 \begin_inset Graphics
12205 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
12210 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12211 when the dialog isn't visible.
12215 \begin_layout Standard
12216 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12223 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12224 (suppose you just set the shape to
12225 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12229 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12233 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12237 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12243 \begin_inset space ~
12255 \begin_layout Standard
12256 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12264 \begin_inset space ~
12276 \begin_layout Itemize
12282 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12286 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12289 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12290 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12294 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12298 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12302 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12307 \begin_inset Newline newline
12314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12339 \begin_inset Note Note
12342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12343 For more on phantoms see section
12344 \begin_inset space ~
12348 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12350 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12360 \begin_inset Newline newline
12366 \begin_layout Itemize
12371 fonts use characters with serifs.
12372 These are the small
12373 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12377 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12380 at all ends of of the streaks that form the character.
12381 The following example will show the difference:
12382 \begin_inset Newline newline
12386 \begin_inset Newline newline
12391 text without serifs
12394 \begin_inset Newline newline
12397 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
12398 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
12405 \begin_layout Itemize
12411 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12412 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12415 \begin_layout Standard
12416 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12417 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12420 \begin_layout Section
12421 Printing and Previewing
12424 \begin_layout Subsection
12428 \begin_layout Standard
12429 Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12430 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12431 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12432 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12433 We cover these informations in much greater detail in the
12436 \begin_inset space ~
12444 \begin_layout Standard
12445 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12446 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12447 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12448 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12449 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12450 This happens in two stages:
12453 \begin_layout Enumerate
12454 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12455 generating a file with the extension,
12456 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12464 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12470 \begin_layout Enumerate
12471 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12475 file to produce printable output.
12479 \begin_layout Subsection
12480 Output file formats
12484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12491 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12493 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12500 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12506 File formats ! ASCII
12514 \begin_layout Standard
12515 This file type has the extension
12516 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12524 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12528 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12529 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12532 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12533 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12539 \begin_layout Standard
12540 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
12542 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12543 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12549 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12555 File formats ! LaTeX
12563 \begin_layout Standard
12564 This file type has the extension
12565 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12573 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12576 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
12578 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
12579 it manually with console commands.
12580 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
12581 you view or export your document.
12584 \begin_layout Standard
12585 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
12587 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12588 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12605 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12619 \begin_layout Standard
12620 This file type has the extension
12621 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12629 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12634 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12638 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12641 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
12642 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
12643 At the time when this file-format was developed, this was no matter of
12645 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
12649 \begin_layout Standard
12650 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12658 The DVI file doesn't contain images, they will only be a linked.
12659 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
12664 This property can also slow down your computer when you view the DVI.
12665 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
12666 it visible when you scroll in the DVI.
12667 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
12670 \begin_layout Standard
12671 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
12673 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12674 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12680 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12686 File formats ! PostScript
12694 \begin_layout Standard
12695 This file type has the extension
12696 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12704 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12708 PostScript was developed by the company
12712 as printer language.
12713 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
12715 PostScript can be seen as
12716 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12719 programming language
12720 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12723 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
12727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12728 If you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-package
12737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12738 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
12748 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
12751 \begin_layout Standard
12752 PostScript can only contain images in the format
12753 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12756 Encapsulated PostScript
12757 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12760 (EPS, file extension
12761 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12769 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12773 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
12774 to convert them in the background to EPS.
12775 If you have e.g 50 images in your document, LyX has to do 50 conversions
12776 whenever you view or export your document.
12777 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
12778 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
12779 EPS to avoid this problem.
12782 \begin_layout Standard
12783 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
12785 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12786 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12792 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12816 \begin_layout Standard
12817 This file type has the extension
12818 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12826 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12831 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12834 Portable Document Format
12835 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12838 (PDF) is developed by
12842 as derivative from PostScript.
12843 It is more compressed and it uses much less commands than PostScript.
12845 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12849 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12852 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
12853 looks exactly the same.
12856 \begin_layout Standard
12857 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
12858 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12861 Joint Photographic Experts Group
12862 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12865 (JPG, file extension
12866 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12874 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12878 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12886 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12890 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12893 Portable Network Graphics
12894 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12897 (PNG, file extension
12898 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12906 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12910 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
12911 in the background to one of these formats.
12912 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
12913 will slow down your workflow.
12914 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
12917 \begin_layout Standard
12918 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
12920 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12923 in three different ways:
12926 \begin_layout Description
12927 PDF This uses the program
12931 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
12932 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
12936 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
12937 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
12940 \begin_layout Description
12942 \begin_inset space ~
12945 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
12949 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
12953 \begin_layout Description
12955 \begin_inset space ~
12958 (pdflatex) This uses the program
12962 that converts your file directly to PDF.
12965 \begin_layout Standard
12966 We recommend to use
12969 \begin_inset space ~
12978 supports all features of actual PDF-versions, is quick and works stable
12984 is no more under development and therefore a bit outdated.
12987 \begin_layout Subsection
12992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13001 \begin_layout Standard
13002 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
13003 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
13007 and choose a file type.
13008 A viewing program will popup showing the output.
13011 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13014 you can use the toolbar button
13015 \begin_inset Graphics
13016 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
13023 arg "buffer-view dvi"
13028 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13030 \begin_inset space ~
13036 \begin_inset Graphics
13037 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
13043 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13047 \begin_inset Graphics
13048 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
13055 arg "buffer-view ps"
13061 \begin_layout Standard
13062 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
13063 viewer window using the menu
13065 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13071 \begin_layout Standard
13072 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
13074 To have a real output, export your document.
13077 \begin_layout Subsection
13078 Printing the File from within LyX
13079 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13081 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
13088 \begin_layout Standard
13089 Instead of exporting your file and then printing them, you can also print
13090 it directly from within LyX.
13091 To print a file, select the menu
13093 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13096 or click on the toolbar button
13097 \begin_inset Graphics
13098 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
13103 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
13104 This file is then processed by the program
13108 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
13113 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
13116 \begin_layout Standard
13117 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
13118 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
13119 printing one set to print on the other side.
13120 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
13121 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
13122 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
13125 \begin_layout Standard
13126 You can set the parameters in the
13129 \begin_inset space ~
13137 \begin_layout Labeling
13138 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13143 This is the name of the printer to print to.
13147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13148 Note that this printer name is for the program
13157 has to be configured for this printer name.
13158 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
13159 \begin_inset space ~
13163 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13165 reference "sub:Printer"
13174 The printer should understand PostScript.
13177 \begin_layout Labeling
13178 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13183 The name of a file to print to.
13184 The output will be a PostScript file.
13185 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
13189 \begin_layout Section
13190 A few Words about Typography
13194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13203 \begin_layout Subsection
13208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13217 \begin_layout Standard
13219 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13227 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13230 character comes in three lengths, often called the
13245 \begin_layout Enumerate
13247 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13251 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13255 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13263 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13269 \begin_layout Enumerate
13271 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13275 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13279 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13300 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13306 \begin_layout Enumerate
13308 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13312 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13316 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13350 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13356 \begin_layout Enumerate
13358 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13362 \begin_inset Formula $-$
13366 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13370 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13378 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13384 \begin_layout Standard
13385 You generate them by inserting the
13386 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13394 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13397 character multiple times in a row.
13398 They are automatically converted to the appropriate length dash in the
13399 final output, but not in LyX.
13402 \begin_layout Standard
13403 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
13404 math mode and has a length of its own.
13405 Here are some examples of the
13406 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13414 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13420 \begin_layout Enumerate
13421 line- and page-breaks
13422 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13432 \begin_layout Enumerate
13434 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13444 \begin_layout Enumerate
13445 Oh --- there's a dash.
13446 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13456 \begin_layout Enumerate
13457 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
13461 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13471 \begin_layout Subsection
13476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13483 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13485 name "sub:Hyphenation"
13492 \begin_layout Standard
13493 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
13494 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
13502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13503 LaTeX-packages ! babel
13508 following the rules of the document language
13512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13513 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
13521 \begin_inset space ~
13525 \begin_inset space ~
13532 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13543 \begin_layout Standard
13544 LaTeX hyphenates nearly perfectly, it has only problems with text in the
13549 and with unusual constructs, like
13550 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13554 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13558 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
13559 This is done with the menu
13561 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13562 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13564 \begin_inset space ~
13570 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
13571 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
13574 \begin_layout Standard
13575 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
13576 The keybindings/shortcuts in this document consists of three letters with
13577 a hyphen and a space in the form
13578 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13582 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13586 LaTeX finds there the hyphen
13587 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13591 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13594 as hyphenation possibility.
13595 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
13596 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, we can put it in the argument
13597 of the LaTeX-box-command
13603 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
13604 As LyX doesn't support
13610 , we have to use TeX Code.
13611 The result looks in LyX like:
13614 \begin_layout Standard
13615 \begin_inset Graphics
13616 filename clipart/mbox.png
13623 \begin_layout Standard
13624 To learn more about TeX Code, have a look at section
13625 \begin_inset space ~
13629 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13631 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
13638 \begin_layout Subsection
13643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13652 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13653 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
13654 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13656 name "sub:Abbreviations"
13663 \begin_layout Standard
13664 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
13665 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
13666 LaTeX then adds the
13667 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13670 appropriate amount of space
13671 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13675 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
13677 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
13680 \begin_layout Standard
13681 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation works
13684 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13692 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13695 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
13696 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
13699 \begin_layout Standard
13700 Here are some examples of
13704 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
13707 \begin_layout Itemize
13712 \begin_layout Itemize
13717 \begin_layout Standard
13718 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
13721 \begin_layout Itemize
13723 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13727 this is too much space!
13730 \begin_layout Itemize
13735 \begin_layout Standard
13736 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
13739 \begin_layout Standard
13740 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
13743 \begin_layout Enumerate
13747 \begin_inset space ~
13752 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
13753 \begin_inset space ~
13757 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13759 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
13767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13768 Spaces ! inter-word
13776 \begin_layout Enumerate
13780 \begin_inset space ~
13785 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
13786 \begin_inset space ~
13790 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13792 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
13800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13809 \begin_layout Enumerate
13813 \begin_inset space ~
13817 \begin_inset space ~
13821 \begin_inset space ~
13828 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13830 \begin_inset space ~
13835 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
13836 This function is also bound to
13839 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
13845 \begin_layout Standard
13846 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
13849 \begin_layout Itemize
13851 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13855 \begin_inset space \space{}
13858 this is too much space!
13861 \begin_layout Itemize
13862 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
13866 \begin_layout Standard
13867 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
13868 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because the
13869 LaTeX will care about this.
13872 \begin_layout Standard
13873 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
13877 \begin_inset space ~
13882 feature described in section
13888 Additional Features
13893 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13899 Typography ! Quotes
13908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13939 \begin_layout Standard
13940 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
13941 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
13942 and use a closing quote at the end.
13944 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13948 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13952 The keyboard character,
13956 , generates this automatically.
13959 \begin_layout Standard
13960 You can change the behavior of the
13964 key using the submenu
13970 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13978 Document ! Settings
13986 \begin_layout Standard
13987 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
13992 There are six choices:
13995 \begin_layout Labeling
13996 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13999 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14003 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14008 Use quotes like this
14009 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14013 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14017 \begin_inset Quotes els
14021 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14027 \begin_layout Labeling
14028 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14031 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14035 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14041 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14045 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14049 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14055 \begin_layout Labeling
14056 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14059 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14063 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14069 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14073 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14077 \begin_inset Quotes gls
14081 \begin_inset Quotes grs
14087 \begin_layout Labeling
14088 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14091 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14095 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14101 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14105 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14109 \begin_inset Quotes pls
14113 \begin_inset Quotes prs
14119 \begin_layout Labeling
14120 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14123 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14127 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14133 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14137 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14141 \begin_inset Quotes fls
14145 \begin_inset Quotes frs
14151 \begin_layout Labeling
14152 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14155 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14159 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14165 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14169 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14173 \begin_inset Quotes als
14177 \begin_inset Quotes ars
14183 \begin_layout Standard
14184 These settings affects what character the
14191 \begin_layout Subsection
14196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14197 Typography ! Ligatures
14206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14235 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14237 name "sub:Ligatures"
14244 \begin_layout Standard
14245 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
14246 print them as single characters.
14247 These groups are known as
14252 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
14254 Here are the standard ligatures:
14257 \begin_layout Itemize
14261 \begin_layout Itemize
14265 \begin_layout Itemize
14269 \begin_layout Itemize
14273 \begin_layout Itemize
14277 \begin_layout Standard
14278 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
14281 \begin_layout Standard
14282 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
14283 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
14284 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14288 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14291 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
14292 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14296 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14300 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14304 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14307 To break a ligature, use
14309 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14310 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14312 \begin_inset space ~
14319 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14323 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14327 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14330 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14332 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14336 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14340 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14344 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14347 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14349 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14355 \begin_layout Subsection
14360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14367 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14369 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
14376 \begin_layout Standard
14377 You have surely noticed, that the word
14378 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14382 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14385 appears always with characters in different size and height.
14386 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
14387 as proper name when you type it in LyX as
14388 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14403 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14407 \begin_inset Note Note
14410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14411 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
14412 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14416 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14419 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
14420 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
14425 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
14429 \begin_layout Description
14430 LyX The name of the game, write
14431 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14446 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14452 \begin_layout Description
14453 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
14454 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14469 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14475 \begin_layout Description
14476 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
14477 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14492 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14498 \begin_layout Description
14499 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
14500 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14515 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14521 \begin_layout Standard
14522 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
14523 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14527 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
14531 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14535 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
14536 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
14537 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
14540 : The actual version is
14541 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14545 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14548 , the previous one was
14549 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14553 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14559 \begin_layout Standard
14560 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
14561 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14565 \begin_inset space \space{}
14568 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
14570 This will look in LyX like:
14571 \begin_inset Graphics
14572 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
14578 \begin_inset Newline newline
14581 For more about TeX Code, look at section
14582 \begin_inset space ~
14586 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14588 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
14595 \begin_layout Subsection
14600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14609 \begin_layout Standard
14610 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
14611 space between two words.
14612 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
14615 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14619 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14622 for units use the menu
14624 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14625 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14627 \begin_inset space ~
14635 arg "space-insert thin"
14641 \begin_layout Standard
14642 Here's an example to show the differences:
14645 \begin_layout Standard
14646 \begin_inset Tabular
14647 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
14649 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14650 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14657 \begin_inset space ~
14661 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14673 space between number and unit
14680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14685 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14689 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14701 half space between number and unit
14714 \begin_layout Subsection
14719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14720 Typography ! Widows and orphans
14728 \begin_layout Standard
14729 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
14731 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
14732 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
14733 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
14734 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
14735 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
14736 These bits of text became known as
14747 \begin_layout Standard
14748 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
14749 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
14750 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
14751 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
14752 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
14753 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
14754 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
14757 \begin_layout Standard
14758 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
14759 or how you can tweak that behavior.
14760 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
14761 \begin_inset space ~
14765 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14767 key "latexcompanion"
14772 \begin_inset space ~
14776 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14782 ] may have more information.
14783 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
14786 \begin_layout Chapter
14787 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
14788 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14790 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
14797 \begin_layout Standard
14798 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
14803 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
14806 \begin_layout Section
14811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14818 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14827 \begin_layout Standard
14828 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
14831 \begin_layout Description
14833 \begin_inset space ~
14836 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
14837 \begin_inset Newline newline
14841 \begin_inset Note Note
14844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14845 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
14853 \begin_layout Description
14854 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
14855 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
14857 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14858 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14859 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
14862 \begin_inset Newline newline
14866 \begin_inset Note Comment
14869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14870 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
14878 \begin_layout Description
14880 \begin_inset space ~
14883 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
14884 \begin_inset Newline newline
14888 \begin_inset Newline newline
14892 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
14895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14901 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
14902 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
14903 How this can be done is explained in the
14912 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
14918 \begin_inset Newline newline
14922 \begin_inset Newline newline
14925 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
14926 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
14929 \begin_layout Standard
14930 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
14931 \begin_inset Graphics
14932 filename ../images/note-insert.png
14934 scaleBeforeRotation
14940 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14944 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
14947 \begin_layout Section
14952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14959 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14961 name "sec:Footnotes"
14968 \begin_layout Standard
14969 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
14972 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14975 or the toolbar button
14976 \begin_inset Graphics
14977 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
14990 \begin_inset Graphics
14991 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
15000 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
15010 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15018 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15029 label, the box will
15033 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
15034 Clicking on the box label again, will close
15047 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
15063 \begin_layout Standard
15064 Here's an example footnote:
15072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15073 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
15081 \begin_layout Standard
15082 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
15083 position where the footnote box is placed.
15084 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
15085 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
15086 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
15087 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
15088 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
15093 ey are described in the
15100 \begin_layout Section
15105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15112 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15114 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
15121 \begin_layout Standard
15122 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
15123 When you insert a margin note via the menu
15125 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15127 \begin_inset space ~
15132 or the toolbar button
15133 \begin_inset Graphics
15134 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
15154 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15158 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15161 appearing within your text.
15162 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
15171 \begin_layout Standard
15172 At the side is an example marginal note.
15176 \begin_inset Marginal
15179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15180 This is a marginal note.
15188 \begin_layout Standard
15189 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
15190 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin -- left on even
15191 pages, right on odd pages.
15194 \begin_layout Section
15195 Graphics and Images
15199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15216 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15218 name "sec:Graphics"
15225 \begin_layout Standard
15226 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
15227 you want and click on the toolbar icon
15228 \begin_inset Graphics
15229 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
15235 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15239 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
15242 \begin_layout Standard
15243 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
15248 tab allows you to choose your image file.
15249 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
15251 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
15252 \begin_inset space ~
15256 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15258 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
15265 \begin_layout Standard
15270 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
15271 of the image in the output.
15272 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
15276 \begin_inset space ~
15280 \begin_inset space ~
15289 \begin_inset space ~
15293 \begin_inset space ~
15297 \begin_inset space ~
15302 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
15303 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
15311 \begin_layout Standard
15314 LaTeX and LyX options
15316 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
15317 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
15321 \begin_inset space ~
15326 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
15327 with the image size is printed.
15331 \begin_inset space ~
15335 \begin_inset space ~
15339 \begin_inset space ~
15344 is explained in the
15355 \begin_layout Standard
15356 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
15357 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
15359 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
15363 \begin_layout Standard
15365 \begin_inset Graphics
15366 filename clipart/mobius.eps
15368 rotateOrigin center
15375 \begin_layout Standard
15376 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
15377 the image into a float, see section
15378 \begin_inset space ~
15382 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15384 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15391 \begin_layout Subsection
15396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15403 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15405 name "sub:Image-Formats"
15412 \begin_layout Standard
15413 You can insert images in any known file format.
15414 But as we explained in section
15415 \begin_inset space ~
15419 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15421 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15425 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
15426 LyX uses therefore the program
15430 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
15431 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
15432 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
15433 \begin_inset space ~
15437 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15439 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15446 \begin_layout Standard
15447 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
15450 \begin_layout Description
15452 \begin_inset space ~
15455 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
15456 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
15457 Well-known bitmap image formats are
15458 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15461 Graphics Interchange Format
15462 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15465 (GIF, file extension
15466 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15474 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15510 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15513 Portable Network Graphics
15514 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15517 (PNG, file extension
15518 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15526 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15562 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15565 Joint Photographic Experts Group
15566 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15569 (JPG, file extension
15570 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15578 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15582 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15590 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15628 \begin_layout Description
15630 \begin_inset space ~
15633 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
15635 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
15636 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
15637 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
15638 \begin_inset Newline newline
15641 Scalable image formats can be
15642 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15645 Scalable Vector Graphics
15646 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15649 (SVG, file extension
15650 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15658 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15694 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15697 Encapsulated PostScript
15698 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15701 (EPS, file extension
15702 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15710 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15746 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15749 Portable Document Format
15750 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15753 (PDF, file extension
15754 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15762 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15776 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
15777 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
15778 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
15783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15784 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
15792 \begin_layout Standard
15793 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
15797 \begin_layout Subsection
15798 Grouping of Image Settings
15802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15803 Images ! Settings grouping
15811 \begin_layout Standard
15812 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
15814 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
15815 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
15817 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
15818 need to manually change each of them.
15822 \begin_layout Standard
15823 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
15826 \begin_inset space ~
15830 \begin_inset space ~
15835 field in the Graphics dialog.
15836 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
15837 by checking the name of the desired group.
15840 \begin_layout Section
15845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15852 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15861 \begin_layout Standard
15862 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
15863 \begin_inset Graphics
15864 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
15871 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15875 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
15876 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
15877 from the rest of the table.
15878 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
15879 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
15881 Here's an example table:
15884 \begin_layout Standard
15886 \begin_inset Tabular
15887 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
15889 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15890 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15891 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
15892 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16092 \begin_layout Subsection
16096 \begin_layout Standard
16097 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
16098 brings up the table dialog.
16099 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
16100 where the cursor is placed currently.
16101 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
16102 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
16103 done on all of your selection.
16106 \begin_layout Standard
16107 Additionally to the table dialog the
16110 \begin_inset space ~
16115 , that appears when the cursor is inside a table, helps you in setting table
16117 It is for example currently only possible to add
16118 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16122 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16125 delete lines via the table toolbar.
16128 \begin_layout Standard
16132 \begin_inset space ~
16137 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
16138 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
16139 current cell respectively.
16140 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
16142 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
16143 of text, see section
16144 \begin_inset space ~
16148 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16150 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
16157 \begin_layout Standard
16158 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
16164 This will merge the cells to
16168 cell, spread over more than one column.
16169 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
16170 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
16171 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
16172 in the last row without the upper border:
16175 \begin_layout Standard
16177 \begin_inset Tabular
16178 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
16179 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true">
16180 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16181 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
16182 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16183 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16194 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16203 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16279 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16314 \begin_layout Standard
16315 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
16316 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
16317 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
16318 explained in the tables section of the
16321 \begin_inset space ~
16327 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
16328 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16331 degrees counterclockwise.
16332 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
16335 \begin_layout Standard
16336 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16344 Most DVI-viewers are
16348 able to display rotations.
16356 \begin_layout Standard
16361 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
16366 adds lines for all cell borders.
16369 \begin_layout Subsection
16374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16375 Tables ! Longtables
16384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16393 \begin_layout Standard
16394 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
16397 \begin_inset space ~
16401 \begin_inset space ~
16410 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
16411 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
16414 \begin_layout Description
16419 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16420 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
16421 except for the first page, if
16424 \begin_inset space ~
16432 \begin_layout Description
16436 \begin_inset space ~
16441 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16442 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
16445 \begin_layout Description
16450 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16451 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
16452 except for the last page, if
16455 \begin_inset space ~
16463 \begin_layout Description
16467 \begin_inset space ~
16472 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16473 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
16476 \begin_layout Description
16477 Caption: The first row is reset as single column.
16478 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
16480 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16484 More about longtable captions can be found in the
16487 \begin_inset space ~
16495 \begin_layout Standard
16496 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
16497 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
16498 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
16499 The others will then be defined as
16504 In this context, first means first in this order:
16507 \begin_inset space ~
16519 \begin_inset space ~
16525 See the following longtable to see how it works:
16528 \begin_layout Standard
16530 \begin_inset Tabular
16531 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
16532 <features islongtable="true">
16533 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
16534 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16535 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16536 <row endfirsthead="true">
16537 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16543 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
16548 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16557 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16567 <row endfirsthead="true">
16568 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16579 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16588 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16600 <row endhead="true">
16601 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16612 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16621 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16631 <row endhead="true">
16632 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16643 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16652 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16664 <row endfoot="true">
16665 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16676 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16685 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16716 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17657 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17666 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17675 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17686 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17717 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17748 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17779 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17810 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17841 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17872 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17903 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17934 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17965 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17996 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18027 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18058 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18089 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18120 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18151 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18182 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18213 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18244 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18275 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18306 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18337 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18368 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18399 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18430 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18461 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18492 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18523 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18554 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18585 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18616 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18646 <row endlastfoot="true">
18647 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18658 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18667 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18684 \begin_layout Subsection
18689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18696 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18698 name "sub:Table-Cells"
18705 \begin_layout Standard
18706 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
18707 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
18708 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
18709 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
18713 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
18714 for the cell's paragraph.
18717 \begin_layout Standard
18718 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
18719 for the column in the table dialog.
18720 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
18721 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
18725 \begin_layout Standard
18727 \begin_inset Tabular
18728 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
18730 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18731 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
18732 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18752 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18821 This is a multiline entry in a table.
18826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18877 This is longer now.
18882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18933 This is a multiline entry in a table.
18934 This is longer now.
18939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18965 \begin_layout Standard
18966 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
18967 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
18971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18972 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
18973 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
18979 Selection with the mouse or with
18983 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
18984 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
18985 the selection from outside the table.
18988 \begin_layout Section
18993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19000 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19009 \begin_layout Standard
19010 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
19011 have a fixed location.
19013 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19017 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19020 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
19028 \begin_inset space ~
19033 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
19034 too much notes at the page.
19037 \begin_layout Standard
19038 Floats makes it possible to get a high quality layout.
19039 Images and tables can evenly be spread to the pages to avoid whitespace
19040 and pages without text.
19041 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
19042 , every float can be referenced in the text.
19043 Floats are therefore numbered.
19044 Referencing is described in section
19045 \begin_inset space ~
19049 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19051 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19058 \begin_layout Standard
19059 To insert a float, use the menu
19061 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19065 A box with a caption that has e.
19066 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19070 \begin_inset space \space{}
19074 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19078 \begin_inset space ~
19082 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19085 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
19086 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
19088 Behind the label you can insert the caption text.
19092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19098 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
19099 paragraph within the float.
19100 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
19101 by left-clicking on the box label.
19102 A closed float box looks like this:
19103 \begin_inset Graphics
19104 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
19109 -- a gray button with a red label.
19112 \begin_layout Standard
19113 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
19114 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
19117 \begin_layout Subsection
19121 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19127 Floats ! Figure floats
19133 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19135 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
19142 \begin_layout Standard
19145 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19146 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19149 inserts a float with the label
19150 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19156 \begin_inset space ~
19162 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19166 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
19167 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
19168 This is what we did for Figure
19169 \begin_inset space ~
19173 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19175 reference "cap:Platypus"
19180 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
19181 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
19182 This was done in Figure
19183 \begin_inset space ~
19187 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19189 reference "cap:Escher"
19196 \begin_layout Standard
19197 \begin_inset Float figure
19202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19204 \begin_inset Graphics
19205 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19207 rotateOrigin center
19214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19215 \begin_inset Caption
19217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19218 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19220 name "cap:Platypus"
19224 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
19237 \begin_layout Standard
19238 \begin_inset Float figure
19243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19244 \begin_inset Caption
19246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19247 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19264 \begin_inset Graphics
19265 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19267 rotateOrigin center
19279 \begin_layout Standard
19280 This figure float show also how to set a label and create a cross-reference
19282 As described in section
19283 \begin_inset space ~
19287 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19289 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19293 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
19295 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19298 and refer to it using the menu
19300 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19304 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
19306 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19310 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19313 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
19315 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19319 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19325 \begin_layout Standard
19326 Normally only one image is inserted to a figure float, but sometimes you
19327 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
19328 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
19329 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
19331 \begin_inset space ~
19335 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19337 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19341 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
19342 You can also set the images one below the other.
19344 \begin_inset space ~
19348 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19350 reference "fig:Undefinable"
19355 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19357 reference "fig:Platypus"
19361 are the subfigures.
19364 \begin_layout Standard
19365 \begin_inset Float figure
19370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19371 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19375 \begin_inset Float figure
19380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19381 \begin_inset Caption
19383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19384 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19386 name "fig:Undefinable"
19398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19399 \begin_inset Graphics
19400 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19411 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19415 \begin_inset Float figure
19420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19421 \begin_inset Caption
19423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19424 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19426 name "fig:Platypus"
19438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19439 \begin_inset Graphics
19440 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19452 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19459 \begin_inset Caption
19461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19462 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19464 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19468 Two distorted images.
19481 \begin_layout Standard
19482 Note that the caption is added to the
19485 \begin_inset space ~
19489 \begin_inset space ~
19494 as described in section
19495 \begin_inset space ~
19499 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19501 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
19508 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19514 Floats ! Table floats
19522 \begin_layout Standard
19523 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
19525 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19526 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19530 They have the same properties as figure floats except of the different
19533 \begin_inset space ~
19537 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19539 reference "cap:Table-float"
19543 is an example of a table float.
19546 \begin_layout Standard
19547 \begin_inset Float table
19552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19553 \begin_inset Caption
19555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19556 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19558 name "cap:Table-float"
19570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19572 \begin_inset Tabular
19573 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
19575 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19576 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19577 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19704 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
19712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19725 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
19727 c & d\end{array}\right]$
19735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19748 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
19769 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19775 Floats ! Algorithm floats
19783 \begin_layout Standard
19784 This float type is inserted with the menu
19786 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19787 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19791 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
19792 A possible environment for algorithms is the
19796 , described in section
19797 \begin_inset space ~
19801 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19803 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
19810 \begin_layout Standard
19811 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19819 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
19825 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
19828 \begin_layout Standard
19833 floatname{algorithm}{your
19834 \begin_inset space ~
19840 \begin_layout Standard
19841 to the document preamble (menu
19843 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19850 \begin_inset space ~
19856 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19864 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19870 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19876 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
19884 \begin_layout Standard
19885 \begin_inset Wrap figure
19892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19893 \begin_inset Graphics
19894 filename clipart/mobius.eps
19896 rotateOrigin center
19903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19904 \begin_inset Caption
19906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19907 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19909 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
19913 This is a wrapped figure.
19914 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
19927 This float type is used if you want to
19928 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19932 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19935 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
19937 It can be inserted using the menu
19939 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19940 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19942 \begin_inset space ~
19947 if the LaTeX-package
19955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19956 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
19965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19966 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
19969 \begin_inset space ~
19979 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
19982 \begin_inset space ~
19986 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19988 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
19992 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
19993 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20001 Available units are explained in Appendix
20002 \begin_inset space ~
20006 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20008 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
20017 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
20021 \begin_layout Standard
20022 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20030 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.
20031 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20035 \begin_inset space \space{}
20038 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up in
20039 the way that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed
20040 over some other text.
20048 \begin_layout Itemize
20049 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
20050 That means that wrap floats should better be inserted to the exact place
20051 when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where page
20052 breaks will appear.
20055 \begin_layout Itemize
20056 Wrap floats should either be placed in an own paragraph before the paragraph
20057 where they should wrap into or within a paragraph.
20060 \begin_layout Itemize
20061 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause troubles, so assure that
20062 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
20065 \begin_layout Itemize
20066 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
20069 \begin_layout Subsection
20071 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20073 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20090 \begin_layout Standard
20091 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
20092 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
20096 \begin_inset space ~
20104 \begin_layout Standard
20105 Rotated floats are always placed on its own page (or column, in case you
20106 have a multi-column document).
20107 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
20110 \begin_inset space ~
20116 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
20117 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
20124 \begin_layout Standard
20125 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats, the caption
20126 format is also the same: Table
20127 \begin_inset space ~
20131 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20133 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
20137 is an example of a rotated table float.
20140 \begin_layout Standard
20141 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20149 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
20157 \begin_layout Standard
20158 \begin_inset Float table
20163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20164 \begin_inset Caption
20166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20167 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20169 name "cap:Rotated-table"
20181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20183 \begin_inset Tabular
20184 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
20186 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20187 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20188 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20189 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20190 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20250 \begin_layout Subsection
20252 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20254 name "sub:Float-Placement"
20262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20271 \begin_layout Standard
20272 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
20273 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
20274 \begin_inset Newline newline
20280 \begin_inset space ~
20285 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
20286 span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
20288 \begin_inset Newline newline
20294 \begin_inset space ~
20299 is used to rotate floats, see section
20300 \begin_inset space ~
20304 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20306 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20313 \begin_layout Standard
20314 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
20315 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
20318 \begin_inset space ~
20322 \begin_inset space ~
20330 \begin_layout Description
20332 \begin_inset space ~
20336 \begin_inset space ~
20339 possible: try to place the float on the position where it is inserted
20342 \begin_layout Description
20344 \begin_inset space ~
20348 \begin_inset space ~
20351 page: try to place the float on the top of the current page
20354 \begin_layout Description
20356 \begin_inset space ~
20360 \begin_inset space ~
20363 page: try to place the float on the bottom of the current page
20366 \begin_layout Description
20368 \begin_inset space ~
20372 \begin_inset space ~
20375 floats: try to place the float on an own page
20378 \begin_layout Standard
20379 The order of the above option is
20384 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
20388 \begin_inset space ~
20392 \begin_inset space ~
20400 \begin_inset space ~
20404 \begin_inset space ~
20409 , and then the others.
20410 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
20412 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
20413 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
20416 \begin_layout Standard
20417 By default, each options has its own rules:
20420 \begin_layout Standard
20424 \begin_inset space ~
20428 \begin_inset space ~
20433 only floats occupying less than 70
20434 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20437 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
20440 \begin_layout Standard
20444 \begin_inset space ~
20448 \begin_inset space ~
20453 : only floats occupying less than 30
20454 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20457 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
20460 \begin_layout Standard
20464 \begin_inset space ~
20468 \begin_inset space ~
20473 : only if more than 50
20474 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20477 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
20481 \begin_layout Standard
20482 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
20486 \begin_inset space ~
20490 \begin_inset space ~
20498 \begin_layout Standard
20499 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
20500 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
20501 For this case you can use the option
20504 \begin_inset space ~
20510 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
20512 Because the float is then no longer able to
20513 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20517 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20520 when you change your document and this will often destroy the page layout.
20523 \begin_layout Standard
20524 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
20525 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
20528 \begin_layout Standard
20529 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
20531 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
20533 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
20540 \begin_layout Section
20545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20552 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20554 name "sec:Minipages"
20561 \begin_layout Standard
20562 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
20564 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
20565 \begin_inset space ~
20572 \begin_layout Standard
20573 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
20575 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20579 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
20580 and its alignment within the page.
20583 \begin_layout Standard
20585 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20594 height_special "totalheight"
20597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20600 This is a minipage.
20601 The text is set in an italic style.
20604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20607 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
20608 another formatting.
20616 \begin_layout Standard
20617 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20620 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
20624 as described in section
20625 \begin_inset space ~
20629 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20631 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
20636 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20642 \begin_layout Standard
20643 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20652 height_special "totalheight"
20655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20656 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20657 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20663 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20667 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20676 height_special "totalheight"
20679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20680 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20681 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20689 \begin_layout Standard
20690 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20696 \begin_layout Standard
20697 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
20698 to other box types.
20699 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
20710 \begin_layout Chapter
20711 Mathematical Formulas
20715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20754 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20756 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
20763 \begin_layout Standard
20764 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
20769 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
20772 \begin_layout Section
20777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20786 \begin_layout Standard
20787 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
20788 \begin_inset Graphics
20789 filename ../images/math-mode.png
20794 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
20796 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
20797 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
20798 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
20800 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20806 \begin_layout Standard
20807 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
20811 \begin_inset space ~
20816 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
20819 \begin_layout Standard
20820 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
20821 line, like this one:
20824 \begin_layout Standard
20825 This is a line with an inline formula
20826 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
20832 \begin_layout Standard
20833 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as they were in an own paragraph
20835 \begin_inset Formula \[
20840 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
20843 \begin_layout Standard
20844 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
20846 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20850 \begin_inset space \space{}
20854 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20864 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20867 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
20868 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
20872 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
20875 \begin_inset space ~
20883 \begin_layout Subsection
20884 Navigating in Formulas
20888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20897 \begin_layout Standard
20898 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
20899 achieved with the arrow keys.
20900 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
20901 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
20906 will leave a formula construct (a square root
20907 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
20911 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
20915 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
20917 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
20925 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
20930 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
20931 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
20934 \begin_layout Standard
20939 , printed in this document as
20940 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20957 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20961 \begin_inset Note Note
20964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20965 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
20966 space character (visible space).
20971 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
20972 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
20973 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
20978 For example, if you want
20979 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
20990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21033 , since in the latter case only the
21036 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
21041 will be under the square root sign:
21042 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
21048 \begin_layout Standard
21049 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
21051 \begin_inset Formula \[
21052 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
21055 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right)\]
21059 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
21060 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
21063 \begin_layout Subsection
21067 \begin_layout Standard
21068 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
21069 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
21073 and a cursor movement key to select text.
21074 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
21075 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
21076 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
21077 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
21080 \begin_layout Subsection
21081 Exponents and Subscripts
21085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21104 \begin_layout Standard
21105 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
21106 way is to use a command.
21108 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
21111 , type in a formula
21117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21133 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
21139 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
21143 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
21152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21164 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
21166 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21170 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21173 , you have to use an extra
21177 to separate the hat and the character.
21179 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21183 \begin_inset space \space{}
21187 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
21196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21208 Subscripts are similar: To get
21209 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
21218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21232 \begin_layout Subsection
21237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21246 \begin_layout Standard
21247 Create a fraction with either the command
21254 \begin_inset Graphics
21255 filename ../images/math/frac.png
21263 \begin_inset space ~
21269 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
21270 The cursor is above the fraction line.
21271 To move it to the bottom, simply press
21276 To move back up, press
21281 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
21282 \begin_inset Formula \[
21283 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
21285 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
21292 \begin_layout Subsection
21297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21306 \begin_layout Standard
21307 Roots can be created using the
21310 \begin_inset space ~
21316 \begin_inset Graphics
21317 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
21340 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
21346 produces always a square root.
21349 \begin_layout Subsection
21350 Operators with Limits
21354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21371 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21373 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21380 \begin_layout Standard
21382 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
21386 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
21389 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
21390 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
21391 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
21392 The sum operator will automatically place its
21393 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21397 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21400 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
21403 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
21407 \begin_inset Formula \[
21408 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
21412 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
21416 \begin_layout Standard
21417 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
21419 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
21420 behind the operator and hitting
21428 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21429 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21431 \begin_inset space ~
21435 \begin_inset space ~
21443 \begin_layout Standard
21444 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
21445 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21449 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21452 feature as addition, such as
21456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21463 \begin_inset Formula \[
21464 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
21468 which will place the
21469 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
21473 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21477 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21481 In inline formulas it looks like this:
21482 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
21488 \begin_layout Standard
21489 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
21496 Have a look at section
21497 \begin_inset space ~
21501 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21503 reference "sub:Functions"
21507 for an explanation of function macros.
21510 \begin_layout Subsection
21515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21524 \begin_layout Standard
21525 Most math symbols can be found in the
21528 \begin_inset space ~
21533 under one of several categories; including
21550 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
21554 \begin_layout Standard
21555 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
21556 you don't have to use the
21559 \begin_inset space ~
21564 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
21565 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
21568 \begin_layout Subsection
21573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21582 \begin_layout Standard
21583 You may want to create spaces that differs from the standard spacing that
21588 arg "space-insert protected"
21594 \begin_inset space ~
21600 \begin_inset Graphics
21601 filename ../images/math/space.png
21606 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
21607 Here a example for the sequence
21612 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
21616 \begin_inset Graphics
21617 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
21622 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
21623 the space marker and hit space again several times.
21624 With every space hit the size will be changed.
21625 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are a negative
21630 \begin_layout Standard
21640 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
21646 \begin_layout Standard
21656 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
21662 \begin_layout Subsection
21667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21674 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21676 name "sub:Functions"
21683 \begin_layout Standard
21687 \begin_inset space ~
21692 contains under the button
21693 \begin_inset Graphics
21694 filename ../images/math/functions.png
21698 a number of functions, such as
21699 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
21703 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
21711 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
21718 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
21719 avoid confusions, because
21720 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
21724 \begin_inset Formula $s·i·n$
21730 \begin_layout Standard
21731 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
21733 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
21737 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
21743 \begin_layout Standard
21744 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes the way
21745 that subscripts are placed, like described in section
21746 \begin_inset space ~
21750 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21752 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21759 \begin_layout Subsection
21764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21773 \begin_layout Standard
21774 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
21776 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
21777 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
21778 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21782 \begin_inset space \space{}
21786 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
21789 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
21790 Our example is entered by typing
21798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21811 \begin_inset space ~
21815 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21817 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
21821 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
21824 \begin_layout Standard
21825 \begin_inset Float table
21830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21831 \begin_inset Caption
21833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21834 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21836 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
21840 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
21848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21850 \begin_inset Tabular
21851 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
21853 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21854 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21855 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21939 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
21949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21993 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
22003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22047 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
22057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22101 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
22111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22155 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
22165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22209 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
22219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22263 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
22273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22317 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
22327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22371 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
22381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22416 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
22437 \begin_layout Standard
22438 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
22441 \begin_inset space ~
22447 \begin_inset Graphics
22448 filename ../images/math/hat.png
22452 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
22456 \begin_layout Section
22457 Brackets and Delimiters
22461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22478 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22480 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22487 \begin_layout Standard
22488 There are several brackets available through LyX.
22489 For most purposes, using just the keys
22494 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
22495 or if you have several layers of brackets, is better using
22498 \begin_inset space ~
22504 \begin_inset Graphics
22505 filename ../images/math/delim.png
22510 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
22512 \begin_inset Formula \[
22513 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
22515 3 & 4\end{array}\right]\]
22519 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
22520 \begin_inset Formula \[
22521 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
22528 \begin_layout Standard
22529 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
22530 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
22533 \begin_layout Standard
22534 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
22535 left side and right side.
22536 If you use the option
22539 \begin_inset space ~
22544 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
22545 The selection will be shown below the button field.
22546 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
22547 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
22550 \begin_layout Standard
22551 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
22552 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
22553 inside the brackets.
22554 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
22559 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
22562 \begin_layout Standard
22563 The next section explains how to insert a LaTeX
22564 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22568 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22574 \begin_layout Section
22579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22588 \begin_layout Standard
22589 You may need to group a set of symbols.
22590 In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
22601 \begin_layout Standard
22602 \begin_inset Formula \[
22603 {x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{y^{z}}\]
22610 \begin_layout Standard
22611 To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
22612 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22622 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22626 Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
22627 Within this braces you insert the grouped structure.
22628 The grouping braces won't appear in the output in contrary to normal braces.
22631 \begin_layout Section
22632 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
22636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22657 Math ! Multi-line Equations
22665 \begin_layout Standard
22666 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
22669 \begin_inset space ~
22675 \begin_inset Graphics
22676 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
22681 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
22682 Here is an example:
22683 \begin_inset Formula \[
22684 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22687 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right)\]
22691 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
22692 \begin_inset space ~
22696 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22698 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22703 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
22704 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
22705 This alignment is set in the box
22710 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22718 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22722 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22730 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22734 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22742 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22747 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22755 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22758 for every column as default.
22759 For example, the sequence
22760 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22768 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22771 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
22772 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
22773 corresponds to the relevant column.
22774 The result will look like this:
22775 \begin_inset Formula \[
22777 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
22778 column & has & has\, right\\
22779 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
22786 \begin_layout Standard
22787 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
22790 arg "newline-insert newline"
22793 while the cursor is in the matrix.
22794 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
22796 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22802 \begin_layout Standard
22803 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
22804 It can be created with the menu
22806 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22807 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22809 \begin_inset space ~
22822 \begin_inset Formula \[
22826 1 & x>0\end{cases}\]
22833 \begin_layout Standard
22834 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22837 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
22840 arg "newline-insert newline"
22844 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
22849 arg "newline-insert newline"
22852 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
22853 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22857 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22860 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
22861 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
22862 A new row is created by every further hit of
22865 arg "newline-insert newline"
22869 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
22870 Here is an example:
22871 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22872 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
22873 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}\end{eqnarray}
22877 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
22878 where you want to start the shift and hit
22883 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
22884 position to the next column.
22885 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
22886 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
22887 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
22888 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
22895 \begin_layout Standard
22896 The multi-line formula type described here is called
22903 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
22904 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
22905 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22907 reference "eq:asquared"
22912 The other types are described in section
22913 \begin_inset space ~
22917 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22919 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
22926 \begin_layout Section
22927 Formula Numbering and Referencing
22931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22932 Math ! Formula numbering
22941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22942 Math ! Referencing formulas
22948 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22950 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
22957 \begin_layout Standard
22958 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
22960 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22961 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22963 \begin_inset space ~
22971 arg "math-number-toggle"
22975 The formula number appears in LyX as
22976 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22980 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22983 within parentheses.
22985 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22989 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22992 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
22994 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
22995 the document class.
22996 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
22997 separated by a dot:
22998 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
22999 1+1=2\end{equation}
23006 arg "math-number-toggle"
23009 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
23010 You can only number displayed formulas.
23013 \begin_layout Standard
23014 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
23016 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23017 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23019 \begin_inset space ~
23023 \begin_inset space ~
23027 \begin_inset space ~
23035 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
23038 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is in:
23039 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23041 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
23042 4 & \leq & 7\end{eqnarray}
23046 To number all lines use the shortcut
23049 arg "math-number-toggle"
23055 \begin_layout Standard
23056 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23059 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
23060 A label is inserted with the menu
23062 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23065 when the cursor is in the formula.
23066 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
23067 It is recommended to use the proposed
23068 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23076 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23079 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
23080 type when you have many labels in your document.
23081 We inserted in the following example the label
23082 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23086 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23089 in the second line:
23090 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23091 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
23092 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}\end{eqnarray}
23096 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
23097 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
23099 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23103 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23107 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
23109 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23111 \begin_inset space ~
23117 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
23118 The reference appears in LyX as grey cross reference box and in the output
23119 as the formula number:
23122 \begin_layout Standard
23123 This is a cross-reference to equation (
23124 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23126 reference "eq:tanhExp"
23133 \begin_layout Standard
23134 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
23135 \begin_inset space ~
23139 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23141 reference "sec:Cross-References"
23146 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
23149 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23152 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
23156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23157 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
23165 \begin_layout Section
23166 User defined math macros
23170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23177 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23179 name "sec:math-macros"
23186 \begin_layout Standard
23187 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas.
23188 For example we assume that solutions of the quadratic equation often occur
23189 in our document in various forms and we want to create a macro to print
23191 \begin_inset Newline newline
23194 The general form of a quadratic equation is:
23195 \begin_inset Formula \[
23196 0=\lambda^{2}+p\lambda+q\]
23200 The general form of its solution is:
23201 \begin_inset Formula \[
23202 \lambda_{1,2}=-\frac{p}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{p^{2}}{4}-q}\]
23209 \begin_layout Standard
23210 The macro should print the parameters
23211 \begin_inset Formula $\lambda$
23215 \begin_inset Formula $p$
23219 \begin_inset Formula $q$
23222 like in the equation above.
23225 \begin_layout Standard
23226 A macro is created by executing the command
23229 \begin_layout Standard
23236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23259 \begin_inset space ~
23263 \begin_inset space ~
23269 \begin_layout Standard
23270 in the minibuffer at the bottom of the LyX screen.
23271 Name is the name of the new macro which mustn't contain numbers.
23272 The number of arguments can be a number in the range 1-9.
23273 If you want to define a macro without arguments, don't declare the number
23277 \begin_layout Standard
23278 We have three arguments and name the macro
23279 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23283 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23286 , so that the command is:
23289 \begin_layout Standard
23296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23321 \begin_layout Standard
23322 This results in the following macro definition box:
23323 \begin_inset Graphics
23324 filename clipart/macrobox.png
23329 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
23330 \newcommand{\qE}[3]{#1_{1,\,2}=-\frac{#2}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23331 {\textrm{qE: }#1\textrm{ , }#2\textrm{ , }#3}
23335 \begin_inset Note Note
23338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23339 The first box is an image to show the behavior in the output.
23340 The second one is the definition box, that doesn't appear in the output.
23348 \begin_layout Standard
23349 The first blue box is for the definition, where you insert the formula via
23350 the math panel or commands.
23351 The placeholder for the arguments are inserted as a backslash and sharp
23352 followed by the argument number, e.
23353 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23357 \begin_inset space \space{}
23361 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23367 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23370 for the first argument.
23371 Placeholders will be displayed in red.
23372 The second blue box is for the appearance in LyX.
23373 This is useful when you have a large structure that shouldn't be displayed
23374 in LyX with its full size.
23375 If you want to see the macro as it is defined, leave the box blank.
23376 In our example we insert the sequence
23377 \begin_inset Newline newline
23405 \begin_inset Newline newline
23410 The macro will then be shown as the macro name followed by the three arguments.
23413 \begin_layout Standard
23414 To use the macro in a formula, type its name as command, in our case
23415 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23425 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23429 The macro is inserted with boxes for the arguments looking similar to this:
23432 \begin_layout Standard
23434 \begin_inset Graphics
23435 filename clipart/macrouse.png
23442 \begin_layout Standard
23443 The arguments are inserted in the blue boxes.
23444 If the cursor is outside the macro, the arguments are put in the macro.
23445 To change the arguments, put the cursor in the formula before or after
23446 the macro and press the right or left arrow key respectively.
23447 The arguments appear now again below the macro definition.
23450 \begin_layout Standard
23451 If you change the macro definition all macros are changed automatically
23452 to the new definition.
23453 Here an example of our macro with the arguments
23454 \begin_inset Formula $x$
23458 \begin_inset Formula $\ln(x)$
23462 \begin_inset Formula $B$
23466 \begin_inset Formula \[
23474 \begin_layout Standard
23475 When the document is exported to LaTeX, the macro definition will be inserted
23479 \begin_layout Standard
23493 \begin_inset Newline newline
23500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23526 frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23529 \begin_layout Standard
23530 The command is not inserted in the document preamble.
23531 That means you can only use macros in formulas that are below the macro
23532 definition box in your document.
23533 There are also some other restrictions: The command
23535 newcommand supports optional arguments, which are not available in LyX's
23537 You can also not change subsequently the name of the macro and the number
23542 \begin_layout Section
23546 \begin_layout Subsection
23551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23560 \begin_layout Standard
23561 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23562 To set a font in a formula, use the
23565 \begin_inset space ~
23571 \begin_inset Graphics
23572 filename ../images/math/font.png
23576 , or enter its command, listed in table
23577 \begin_inset space ~
23581 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23583 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23590 \begin_layout Standard
23591 \begin_inset Float table
23596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23597 \begin_inset Caption
23599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23600 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23602 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23606 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
23614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23616 \begin_inset Tabular
23617 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
23619 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23620 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23652 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
23660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23679 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
23687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23706 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
23714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23739 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
23747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23766 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
23774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23793 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
23801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23827 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
23835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23854 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
23862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23888 \begin_layout Standard
23889 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23897 that you can only print capital letters in the typefaces
23913 \begin_layout Standard
23914 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
23915 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
23920 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
23921 protected space when you need a space in the box.
23922 Here an example where a
23923 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23927 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23934 denotes the set of numbers:
23935 \begin_inset Formula \[
23936 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
23943 \begin_layout Standard
23944 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
23946 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23950 \begin_inset space \space{}
23962 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
23966 \begin_inset Newline newline
23969 So better don't use this feature.
23972 \begin_layout Standard
23973 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
23974 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
23978 \begin_inset Newline newline
23981 You can only print them emboldened using the command
23987 , which works like the other typeface commands:
23988 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
23994 \begin_layout Standard
24001 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
24004 \begin_layout Standard
24005 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
24007 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24008 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24010 \begin_inset space ~
24018 \begin_layout Subsection
24023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24032 \begin_layout Standard
24033 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
24035 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
24039 \begin_inset space ~
24043 \begin_inset space ~
24051 \begin_inset space ~
24057 \begin_inset Graphics
24058 filename ../images/math/font.png
24065 \begin_inset space ~
24071 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
24072 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
24073 Here is an example:
24074 \begin_inset Formula \[
24076 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
24077 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}\end{cases}\]
24084 \begin_layout Subsection
24089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24098 \begin_layout Standard
24099 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
24100 automatically chosen in most situations.
24118 For most characters,
24126 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
24127 and certain other structures, are set larger in
24132 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
24133 situations, all text will be set in the styles as LaTeX thinks is appropriate.
24134 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
24135 \begin_inset Graphics
24136 filename ../images/math/style.png
24141 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
24142 For example, you can set
24143 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
24146 , which is normally in
24155 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
24159 The four styles are used in the following example:
24162 \begin_layout Standard
24163 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
24167 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
24171 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
24175 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
24181 \begin_layout Standard
24182 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
24183 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
24185 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24187 \begin_inset space ~
24192 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
24193 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
24194 will be adjusted to correspond.
24195 As example a formula in the font size
24196 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24200 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24206 \begin_layout Standard
24210 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
24216 \begin_layout Section
24220 \begin_layout Standard
24221 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
24222 the document classes and into layout modules.
24226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24232 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
24233 other than the AMS classes.
24235 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24237 reference "sub:Modules"
24241 for more on layout modules.
24244 \begin_layout Section
24249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24268 \begin_layout Standard
24269 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
24270 (AMS) that are in common use.
24273 \begin_layout Subsection
24274 Enabling AMS-Support
24277 \begin_layout Standard
24278 Selecting the checkbox
24281 \begin_inset space ~
24285 \begin_inset space ~
24289 \begin_inset space ~
24296 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24304 Document ! Settings
24312 \begin_inset space ~
24317 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24319 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24320 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
24323 \begin_layout Subsection
24325 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24327 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24336 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24344 \begin_layout Standard
24345 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24346 LyX allows you to choose between
24367 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24370 \begin_layout Chapter
24374 \begin_layout Section
24379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24386 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24388 name "sec:Cross-References"
24395 \begin_layout Standard
24396 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24397 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24399 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24400 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24401 We want for example refer to the the second item of the following list:
24404 \begin_layout Enumerate
24408 \begin_layout Enumerate
24409 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24411 name "enu:Second-item"
24418 \begin_layout Enumerate
24422 \begin_layout Standard
24423 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24425 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24428 or the by pressing the toolbar button
24429 \begin_inset Graphics
24430 filename ../images/label-insert.png
24436 A grey label box like this:
24437 \begin_inset Graphics
24438 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
24443 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24444 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24446 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24454 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24459 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24467 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24471 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24475 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24479 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
24480 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24484 \begin_inset space \space{}
24487 if you insert a label to a section heading, the prefix will be
24488 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24496 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24502 \begin_layout Standard
24503 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24505 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24508 or the toolbar button
24509 \begin_inset Graphics
24510 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24516 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24517 \begin_inset Graphics
24518 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
24523 is inserted and the cross-reference window appear showing all labels of
24525 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24526 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24534 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24538 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24540 Here is our cross-reference:
24543 \begin_layout Standard
24545 \begin_inset space ~
24549 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24551 reference "enu:Second-item"
24558 \begin_layout Standard
24559 It is recommended to use a protected space
24563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24564 described in section
24565 \begin_inset space ~
24569 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24571 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24580 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
24584 \begin_layout Standard
24585 There are six varieties of cross-references:
24588 \begin_layout Description
24589 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
24590 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24592 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24599 \begin_layout Description
24600 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
24601 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
24603 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24607 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24611 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24613 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24620 \begin_layout Description
24621 <page>: prints the page number: Page
24622 \begin_inset space ~
24626 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24627 LatexCommand pageref
24628 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24635 \begin_layout Description
24637 \begin_inset space ~
24641 \begin_inset space ~
24644 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
24645 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24646 LatexCommand vpageref
24647 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24654 \begin_layout Description
24656 \begin_inset space ~
24660 \begin_inset space ~
24664 \begin_inset space ~
24667 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and the page number:
24669 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24671 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24678 \begin_layout Description
24680 \begin_inset space ~
24683 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
24684 \begin_inset Newline newline
24688 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24696 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
24704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24705 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
24718 \begin_layout Standard
24719 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
24720 the previous, the same, or the next page.
24722 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24726 \begin_inset space \space{}
24730 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24738 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24744 \begin_layout Standard
24745 The number and current page of the referred document part in the output,
24746 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
24747 The varieties are adjusted in the field
24751 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
24755 \begin_layout Standard
24756 You can only use the style
24760 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
24764 is always possible.
24767 \begin_layout Standard
24768 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
24769 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
24770 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
24771 Referencing formulas is explained in section
24772 \begin_inset space ~
24776 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24778 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24785 \begin_layout Standard
24789 \begin_inset space ~
24793 \begin_inset space ~
24798 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referred label.
24799 The button text changes then to
24802 \begin_inset space ~
24807 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
24808 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
24809 referred label but without a possibility to go back.
24813 \begin_layout Standard
24814 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
24815 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
24816 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
24819 \begin_layout Standard
24820 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existing label, you'll see two question
24821 marks in the output instead of the reference.
24824 \begin_layout Standard
24825 References are described in detail in the
24832 \begin_layout Section
24833 Table of Contents and other Listings
24837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24854 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24863 \begin_layout Subsection
24865 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24867 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
24874 \begin_layout Standard
24875 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
24877 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24878 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24880 \begin_inset space ~
24884 \begin_inset space ~
24890 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
24891 If you click on it, the
24895 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
24896 sections in your documents.
24897 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
24899 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24902 that is described in sec.
24903 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24907 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24909 reference "sec:Navigating"
24916 \begin_layout Standard
24917 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
24918 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
24920 \begin_inset space ~
24924 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24926 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
24930 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
24932 \begin_inset space ~
24936 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24938 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
24942 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
24944 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
24947 \begin_layout Subsection
24948 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
24949 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24951 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
24958 \begin_layout Standard
24959 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
24960 You can insert them via the
24962 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24964 \begin_inset space ~
24968 \begin_inset space ~
24974 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
24977 \begin_layout Section
24978 URLs and Hyperlinks
24982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25001 \begin_layout Subsection
25003 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25012 \begin_layout Standard
25013 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
25015 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25021 \begin_layout Standard
25022 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
25023 \begin_inset Flex URL
25026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25036 \begin_layout Standard
25037 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
25043 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
25047 \begin_layout Standard
25048 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25056 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
25064 \begin_layout Subsection
25066 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25068 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
25075 \begin_layout Standard
25076 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
25078 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25081 or with the toolbar button
25082 \begin_inset Graphics
25083 filename ../images/href-insert.png
25084 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25089 The appearing dialog has two fields:
25098 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
25099 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
25100 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25102 name "LyX's homepage"
25103 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25107 , an Email address like this:
25108 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25110 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
25111 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
25116 , or a link to a file.
25119 \begin_layout Standard
25120 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
25122 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25130 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25133 to the link target.
25136 \begin_layout Standard
25137 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
25138 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
25139 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
25140 the text style dialog.
25141 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
25145 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25147 name "LyX's homepage"
25148 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25155 \begin_layout Standard
25156 The link text color can be changed, when the option
25160 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
25162 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25163 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25167 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
25169 \begin_inset Newline newline
25177 \begin_inset Newline newline
25184 in the PDF Properties dialog.
25187 \begin_layout Section
25192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25199 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25201 name "sec:Appendices"
25208 \begin_layout Standard
25209 Appendices are created with the menu
25211 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25213 \begin_inset space ~
25217 \begin_inset space ~
25223 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
25224 as appendix region.
25225 The region is marked with a red borderline.
25228 \begin_layout Standard
25229 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
25230 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
25231 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
25232 and the subsection number.
25233 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
25237 \begin_layout Standard
25239 \begin_inset space ~
25243 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25245 reference "cha:Credits"
25250 \begin_inset space ~
25254 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25256 reference "sub:Export"
25263 \begin_layout Section
25268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25275 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25277 name "sec:Bibliography"
25284 \begin_layout Standard
25285 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
25286 You can include a bibliography database,
25290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25291 Known under the name
25292 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25296 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25304 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
25305 manually, using the paragraph environment
25309 , which was described in section
25310 \begin_inset space ~
25314 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25316 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25321 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
25322 document, like author-year cituations, then you must
25326 use a bibliography database.
25329 \begin_layout Subsection
25330 The Bibliography Environment
25333 \begin_layout Standard
25338 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25340 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25349 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25351 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25353 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25357 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25360 , a short form of its title, as key.
25363 \begin_layout Standard
25364 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25366 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25369 or the toolbar button
25370 \begin_inset Graphics
25371 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25372 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25377 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25378 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25379 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25380 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25384 \begin_layout Standard
25385 Citation references appear in the output as number of the bibliography entry
25386 with surrounding brackets.
25391 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25392 Here two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25394 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25398 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25404 \begin_layout Standard
25407 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25410 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25412 key "latexcompanion"
25419 \begin_layout Standard
25420 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25421 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25430 \begin_layout Subsection
25431 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25436 Bibliography ! Databases
25445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25446 Bibliography ! BibTeX
25452 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25454 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25461 \begin_layout Standard
25462 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25468 They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
25470 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
25471 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
25476 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25478 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25479 your working field in a database.
25480 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
25481 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
25483 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
25487 \begin_layout Standard
25488 The database is a text file with the file extension
25489 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25497 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25500 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
25501 The format is explained in LaTeX books (
25502 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25504 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25509 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
25510 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
25511 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
25512 \begin_inset Flex URL
25515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25517 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
25525 \begin_layout Standard
25526 To use a database, use the menu
25528 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25533 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25546 \begin_inset space ~
25552 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
25553 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
25556 Add bibliography to TOC
25558 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
25563 drop box you can select what part of the database should be output.
25566 \begin_layout Standard
25567 The style file is a text file with the file extension
25568 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25576 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25579 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
25580 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
25581 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
25583 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
25588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25589 For informations how this is done, have a look at
25590 \begin_inset Newline newline
25594 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25596 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
25608 \begin_layout Standard
25609 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
25612 \begin_layout Standard
25613 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
25614 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
25617 Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25645 \begin_inset space ~
25651 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
25657 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25666 \begin_layout Standard
25667 When you select the option
25669 Sectioned bibliography
25673 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25676 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
25677 This and more specials are explained in detail in section
25679 Customizing Bibliographies
25692 \begin_layout Standard
25693 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
25694 the two methods of creating them.
25695 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
25696 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
25697 We used the style file
25701 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
25704 \begin_layout Subsection
25705 Bibliography layout
25709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25710 Bibliography ! Layout
25718 \begin_layout Standard
25719 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
25720 For this feature you need to enable the option
25726 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25734 Document ! Settings
25744 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
25745 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
25746 in the previous section.
25749 \begin_layout Standard
25750 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
25751 in the citation reference window.
25752 Here an example where we set the text
25753 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25757 \begin_inset space ~
25761 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25764 to appear after the reference:
25767 \begin_layout Standard
25769 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25772 key "latexcompanion"
25779 \begin_layout Section
25784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25791 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25800 \begin_layout Standard
25801 An index entry is created if you use the menu
25803 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25805 \begin_inset space ~
25810 or the toolbar button
25811 \begin_inset Graphics
25812 filename ../images/index-insert.png
25813 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25819 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25827 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25830 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
25831 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
25832 by LyX as index entry.
25835 \begin_layout Standard
25836 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
25837 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
25839 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25841 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
25848 \begin_layout Standard
25849 You can change index entries by clicking on the index box.
25852 \begin_layout Standard
25853 The index list is inserted to the document with the menu
25855 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25857 \begin_inset space ~
25861 \begin_inset space ~
25864 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25866 \begin_inset space ~
25872 A light blue box labeled
25873 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25881 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25884 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
25885 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
25888 \begin_layout Subsection
25889 Grouping Index Entries
25893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25902 \begin_layout Standard
25903 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
25905 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
25906 lists under the entry
25907 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25911 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25915 First we create the entry
25916 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25920 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25924 \begin_inset space ~
25928 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25930 reference "sub:Lists"
25935 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
25936 \begin_inset space ~
25940 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25942 reference "sec:Itemize"
25946 , we insert the command
25949 \begin_layout Standard
25955 \begin_layout Standard
25959 \begin_layout Standard
25965 \begin_layout Standard
25966 for the enumerated list in section
25967 \begin_inset space ~
25971 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25973 reference "sec:Enumerate"
25980 \begin_layout Standard
25981 The exclamation mark
25982 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25986 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25989 marks the grouping levels.
25990 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
25991 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
25992 If we don't have an index entry for
25993 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25997 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26000 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
26003 \begin_layout Subsection
26008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26009 Index ! Page ranges
26017 \begin_layout Standard
26018 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
26020 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
26021 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
26023 \begin_inset space ~
26027 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26029 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
26036 \begin_layout Standard
26039 Paragraph environments|(
26042 \begin_layout Standard
26043 and another entry at the end of section
26044 \begin_inset space ~
26048 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26050 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
26057 \begin_layout Standard
26060 Paragraph environments|)
26063 \begin_layout Standard
26065 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26073 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26077 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26085 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26088 respectively starts and ends the index range.
26089 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
26090 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
26091 the pages of the indexed document parts.
26092 An example is the index entry
26093 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26096 Document ! Settings
26097 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26103 \begin_layout Subsection
26108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26109 Index ! Cross referencing
26117 \begin_layout Standard
26118 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
26119 We referred for example in the index entry
26120 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26124 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26128 \begin_inset space ~
26132 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26134 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
26138 ) to the index entry
26139 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26143 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26146 in the same section using the entry
26149 \begin_layout Standard
26152 GIF|see{Image formats}
26155 \begin_layout Standard
26156 Where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
26157 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
26158 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
26161 \begin_layout Subsection
26166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26167 Index ! Entry order
26175 \begin_layout Standard
26176 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
26177 then not follow the rules for the index order.
26178 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
26182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26183 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
26185 \begin_inset space ~
26189 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26191 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26200 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
26201 We created as example the three dummy index entries
26202 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26206 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26210 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26214 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26218 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26222 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26230 Dummy entries ! maïs
26239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26240 Dummy entries ! maître
26249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26250 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
26255 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
26256 order maïs, maison, maître.
26257 To achieve this, we use the command
26260 \begin_layout Standard
26263 previous entry@current entry
26266 \begin_layout Standard
26267 In our case we want to have
26268 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26272 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26276 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26280 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26283 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
26286 \begin_layout Standard
26292 \begin_layout Standard
26293 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
26294 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
26298 \begin_layout Subsection
26303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26304 Index ! Entry layout
26312 \begin_layout Standard
26313 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
26317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26320 This is an italic dummy entry
26325 You can also format the page number using the character
26326 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26330 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26333 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
26334 We can write for example
26337 \begin_layout Standard
26340 italic page number:|textit
26343 \begin_layout Standard
26344 to get the page number in italic.
26348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26349 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
26354 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
26356 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26364 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26372 \begin_inset space ~
26378 Have a look at section
26379 \begin_inset space ~
26383 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26385 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26389 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26392 \begin_layout Standard
26393 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26401 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
26405 to generate the index, see section
26406 \begin_inset space ~
26410 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26412 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26421 , however, this won't work for anything else than bold or italic text.
26422 This is because xindy requires to define semantic elements before they
26424 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26427 key "latexcompanion"
26439 \begin_layout Standard
26440 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
26442 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
26443 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
26444 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
26445 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
26446 If so, put the following in preamble
26449 \begin_layout Standard
26461 \begin_layout Standard
26465 \begin_layout Standard
26471 \begin_layout Standard
26472 into the index entry.
26476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26477 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
26482 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
26483 request that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
26484 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
26487 \begin_layout Standard
26488 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
26490 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26494 \begin_inset space \space{}
26497 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
26498 for all index entries.
26499 For more advanced task you have to set up a so-called
26511 documentation for details,
26512 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26514 key "makeindex,xindy"
26521 \begin_layout Subsection
26526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26533 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26535 name "sub:Index-Program"
26542 \begin_layout Standard
26543 When the index entry program
26547 is installed, that is only available for Linux, LyX uses it for the index
26548 generation, otherwise the program
26552 is used, that is part of every LaTeX distribution.
26553 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
26554 dialog, see section
26555 \begin_inset space ~
26559 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26561 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
26566 The available options are listed and explained in
26567 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26569 key "makeindex,xindy"
26574 You can also specify there another program to generate the index.
26577 \begin_layout Standard
26582 is very old, not further developed and has many pitfalls.
26583 Most notably, it has been defined with nothing more than the English language
26585 So it fails at sorting correctly for anything else than an monolingual
26587 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
26588 However, if you are writing in another language and using Linux, consider
26596 \begin_layout Section
26597 Nomenclature / Glossary
26601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26640 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26642 name "sec:Nomenclature"
26649 \begin_layout Standard
26650 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
26651 document with a brief explanation of them -- a so called nomenclature or
26655 \begin_layout Standard
26656 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
26664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26665 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
26671 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
26672 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26678 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
26681 \begin_layout Standard
26682 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
26683 and then use the menu
26685 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26691 \begin_inset space ~
26696 or the toolbar button
26697 \begin_inset Graphics
26698 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
26699 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
26705 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26713 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26716 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
26719 \begin_layout Standard
26720 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
26721 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
26722 The second is the description of the symbol.
26725 \begin_layout Standard
26726 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26734 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
26742 \begin_layout Subsection
26743 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
26747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26748 Nomenclature ! Layout
26756 \begin_layout Standard
26757 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
26761 field as LaTeX-formula.
26763 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26767 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26771 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26775 \begin_inset Newline newline
26783 \begin_inset Newline newline
26789 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26793 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26796 character hereby starts/ends the formula.
26797 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
26799 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26805 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26809 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
26819 \begin_layout Standard
26820 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
26821 \begin_inset space ~
26825 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26827 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26834 \begin_layout Standard
26838 \begin_inset space ~
26843 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
26844 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
26845 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26849 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26853 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26856 in this document is:
26857 \begin_inset Newline newline
26862 dummy entry for the character
26867 \begin_inset Newline newline
26879 \begin_inset space ~
26889 font use the command
26918 \begin_layout Subsection
26919 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
26923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26924 Nomenclature ! Sort order
26932 \begin_layout Standard
26933 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
26934 the symbol definition.
26935 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
26936 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
26939 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26940 LatexCommand nomenclature
26942 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
26949 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26953 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26954 LatexCommand nomenclature
26957 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
26962 They will be sorted by
26963 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26971 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26975 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26985 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26989 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26992 will be sorted before the
26996 since the character
26997 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27001 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27004 is considered in sorting.
27007 \begin_layout Standard
27008 To control the sort order, you can edit the
27011 \begin_inset space ~
27016 field of the nomenclature dialog.
27017 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
27019 For the given example, you can insert
27023 to this field for the
27024 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27031 will be located before
27032 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27038 \begin_layout Standard
27039 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
27044 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27053 \begin_layout Subsection
27054 Nomenclature Options
27058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27059 Nomenclature ! Options
27067 \begin_layout Standard
27072 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
27073 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
27076 \begin_layout Description
27077 refeq Appends the phrase
27078 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27090 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27093 to every nomenclature entry, where
27099 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
27102 \begin_layout Description
27103 refpage Appends the phrase
27104 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27116 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27119 to every nomenclature entry, where
27125 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
27128 \begin_layout Description
27129 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
27132 \begin_layout Standard
27133 There are furthermore the options
27177 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
27181 \begin_layout Standard
27182 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
27183 class options list in the
27185 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27189 In this document the options
27200 \begin_layout Standard
27201 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27207 \begin_layout Standard
27208 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
27209 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
27214 field in the nomenclature dialog:
27217 \begin_layout Description
27227 \begin_layout Description
27230 nomrefpage Like the
27237 \begin_layout Description
27240 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
27249 \begin_layout Description
27253 \begin_inset space ~
27259 \begin_inset space ~
27264 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
27267 \begin_layout Subsection
27268 Printing the Nomenclature
27272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27273 Nomenclature ! Printing
27281 \begin_layout Standard
27282 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
27284 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27286 \begin_inset space ~
27290 \begin_inset space ~
27293 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27297 A light blue box labeled
27298 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27306 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27309 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
27310 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
27313 \begin_layout Standard
27314 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
27315 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27319 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27323 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
27331 For example, in order to change the name to
27335 , add the following line to the preamble:
27338 \begin_layout Standard
27346 nomname}{List of Symbols}
27349 \begin_layout Standard
27350 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
27356 \begin_layout Standard
27357 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
27358 by adding the following line to the preamble:
27361 \begin_layout Standard
27369 nomlabelwidth}{width}
27372 \begin_layout Standard
27375 Where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
27376 \begin_inset space ~
27380 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27382 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
27387 The default value is 1
27388 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27394 \begin_layout Subsection
27395 Nomenclature Program
27399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27400 Nomenclature ! Program
27406 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27408 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
27415 \begin_layout Standard
27416 LyX uses the program
27420 to generate the nomenclature, that is part of every LaTeX distribution.
27421 LyX's preferences dialog allows to specify another program or to control
27426 by adding options, see section
27427 \begin_inset space ~
27431 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27433 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27438 The available options are listed and explained in
27439 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27441 key "nomencl,makeindex"
27448 \begin_layout Section
27453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27464 Document ! Branches
27470 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27472 name "sec:Branches"
27479 \begin_layout Standard
27480 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
27481 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
27482 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
27483 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
27486 \begin_layout Standard
27487 For these cases LyX offers to put text into branches.
27488 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
27489 To create a branch, go in the
27491 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27499 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
27500 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
27503 \begin_layout Standard
27504 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
27505 These boxes are inserted via the menu
27507 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27510 where you can choose a branch.
27511 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
27514 \begin_layout Standard
27515 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
27516 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
27519 \begin_layout Standard
27520 \begin_inset Branch Question
27523 \begin_layout Standard
27524 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
27532 \begin_layout Standard
27533 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27536 \begin_layout Standard
27537 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
27545 \begin_layout Standard
27546 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27552 \begin_layout Standard
27553 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
27554 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
27556 For example you can define for the question branch
27560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27561 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
27562 \begin_inset space ~
27566 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27568 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27580 \begin_layout Standard
27590 \begin_layout Standard
27600 \begin_layout Standard
27601 and for the answer branch
27604 \begin_layout Standard
27614 \begin_layout Standard
27624 \begin_layout Standard
27625 \begin_inset Branch Question
27628 \begin_layout Standard
27632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27660 \begin_layout Standard
27661 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27664 \begin_layout Standard
27668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27696 \begin_layout Standard
27697 Now it is possible to use the commands
27701 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27708 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27711 to obtain conditional output.
27712 Here is an example formula where only the
27719 \begin_inset Formula \[
27720 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.\]
27727 \begin_layout Standard
27728 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see section
27729 \begin_inset space ~
27733 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27735 reference "sec:math-macros"
27742 \begin_layout Section
27744 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27746 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
27754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27763 \begin_layout Standard
27768 dialog provides under
27772 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
27773 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
27781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27782 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
27790 \begin_layout Standard
27795 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
27796 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
27797 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
27799 You can specify in the dialog tab
27803 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
27805 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
27806 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
27810 \begin_layout Standard
27815 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
27816 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
27817 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
27819 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
27820 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
27822 \begin_inset space ~
27825 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
27826 \begin_inset space ~
27829 1 will only display the sections.
27832 \begin_layout Standard
27833 The header informations in the dialog tab
27837 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
27838 Many programs are able to extract these informations to e.
27839 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27843 \begin_inset space \space{}
27846 automatically recognize who is the author and what is the PDF about.
27847 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
27850 Automatic fill header
27852 is set, LyX tries to extract the header informations from your document
27853 title and author settings.
27856 \begin_layout Standard
27859 Load in fullscreen mode
27861 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
27864 \begin_layout Standard
27865 PDF properties are also used in this document.
27866 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
27872 For an explanation of them we refer to the hyperref manual
27873 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27882 \begin_layout Section
27883 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
27884 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27886 name "sec:TeX-Code"
27893 \begin_layout Subsection
27898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27905 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27907 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
27914 \begin_layout Standard
27915 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
27916 constructs, but not all.
27917 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
27918 Every time packages are updated and new ones added.
27919 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
27920 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
27921 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
27925 \begin_layout Standard
27926 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
27928 An TeX Code box is created by the menu
27930 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27932 \begin_inset space ~
27937 or by the toolbar button
27938 \begin_inset Graphics
27939 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
27944 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
27948 \begin_layout Standard
27949 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
27950 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
27951 For example you want to draw a frame around a word and uses therefore the
27958 , you can write the command part
27964 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
27968 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
27969 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
27970 the following example:
27973 \begin_layout Standard
27974 \begin_inset Graphics
27975 filename clipart/ERT.png
27983 \begin_layout Standard
27987 \begin_layout Standard
27988 This is a line with a
27992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28015 \begin_layout Standard
28016 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
28019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28024 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
28025 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
28033 \begin_layout Subsection
28034 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
28035 \begin_inset OptArg
28038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28055 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28057 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28064 \begin_layout Standard
28065 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
28066 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
28067 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
28068 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28072 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28076 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
28077 every time if you know the right commands.
28079 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28083 \begin_inset space \space{}
28086 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is at
28087 the end of the day.
28088 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
28089 all caption labels bold.
28090 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
28092 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels by hand in one day.
28095 \begin_layout Standard
28096 Now LaTeX comes into play.
28097 As written above, for every problem exists a LaTeX-package.
28098 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
28100 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28109 \begin_layout Standard
28110 As result you know that the package
28118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28119 LaTeX-packages ! caption
28125 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
28127 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28133 \begin_layout Standard
28138 usepackage[options]{package name}
28141 \begin_layout Standard
28142 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
28143 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
28144 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
28147 \begin_layout Standard
28148 In your case the package name is
28153 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
28158 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
28159 So you add the command
28162 \begin_layout Standard
28167 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
28170 \begin_layout Standard
28171 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
28175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28176 For more commands provided by the
28180 package, have a look at its documentation,
28181 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28195 \begin_layout Standard
28196 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
28198 For example if you use a
28202 class, you don't need the package
28206 , you can instead write
28209 \begin_layout Standard
28214 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
28219 \begin_layout Standard
28220 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
28221 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
28222 documentation of the document class you want to use.
28229 is an example for a command with more than one argument.)
28232 \begin_layout Standard
28233 Commands in the preamble affects the whole document, while commands in the
28234 text affects only the text after the command or only the text used as command
28236 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
28237 the previous section.
28240 \begin_layout Standard
28241 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
28243 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28245 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
28253 \begin_layout Section
28254 Previewing Snippets of your Document
28255 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28257 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
28265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28284 \begin_layout Standard
28285 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
28286 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
28287 to break your train of thought with
28289 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28295 \begin_layout Standard
28296 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
28297 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
28305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28306 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
28311 as explained below, and turn on
28314 \begin_inset space ~
28321 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28327 \begin_inset space ~
28331 \begin_inset space ~
28334 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28340 \begin_layout Standard
28341 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
28343 Previews of an already loaded document are
28347 generated just by selecting the
28350 \begin_inset space ~
28355 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
28358 \begin_layout Standard
28359 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
28360 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
28363 \begin_inset space ~
28368 check box in the insert dialog.
28369 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
28373 \begin_layout Standard
28374 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
28378 (on some systems named simply
28383 In case it is not already installed, you find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28385 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28391 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28392 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
28400 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
28404 \begin_layout Standard
28405 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28411 \begin_layout Standard
28412 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
28416 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28418 \begin_inset space ~
28423 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
28424 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
28426 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
28427 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
28428 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
28429 the source view window.
28432 \begin_layout Section
28434 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28436 name "sec:Spellchecking"
28444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28453 \begin_layout Standard
28454 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
28455 Rather it uses one of the external programs
28472 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
28478 can be seen as successor of
28482 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
28487 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
28488 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
28496 \begin_layout Standard
28497 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
28498 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
28505 \begin_layout Standard
28508 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28511 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
28512 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
28513 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
28514 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
28515 scrolled so that it is visible.
28520 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
28522 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
28526 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
28527 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
28530 \begin_layout Standard
28531 By default, the used dictionary file is determined by the document language
28534 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28538 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
28539 will bring an error message.
28540 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
28541 specifying a different
28543 Alternative language
28545 in preferences dialog.
28548 \begin_layout Standard
28549 After a spell check you'll informed about the number of checked words.
28552 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28556 \begin_layout Standard
28557 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
28558 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
28560 But you can use the
28563 \begin_inset space ~
28567 \begin_inset space ~
28575 \begin_layout Standard
28576 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
28577 This does work with
28581 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
28584 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28588 \begin_layout Standard
28593 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
28596 \begin_layout Description
28598 \begin_inset space ~
28601 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
28602 should consider, e.
28603 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28607 \begin_inset space \space{}
28610 German umlauts although you spell check English document.
28611 This should not normally be needed.
28614 \begin_layout Description
28616 \begin_inset space ~
28619 dictionary to use a different file than the spell checker's default choice
28620 as your personal dictionary
28623 \begin_layout Description
28625 \begin_inset space ~
28629 \begin_inset space ~
28632 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
28634 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28638 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28644 \begin_layout Description
28646 \begin_inset space ~
28650 \begin_inset space ~
28653 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
28655 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28662 also for the spellchecker.
28666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28667 The encodings are explained in section
28668 \begin_inset space ~
28672 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28674 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
28683 Only enable this if you use
28687 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
28688 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
28689 so this is disabled by default.
28692 \begin_layout Section
28697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28704 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28706 name "sec:Thesaurus"
28713 \begin_layout Standard
28714 Thesaurus currently only works when you use the document language English.
28717 \begin_layout Standard
28718 To start the thesaurus, highlight one word or set the cursor behind it,
28721 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28724 or the toolbar button
28725 \begin_inset Graphics
28726 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
28727 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28728 rotateOrigin center
28733 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
28737 \begin_layout Standard
28738 The shown related words are in many cases not really related to the word
28739 you are currently checking, scrolling in the shown list might help in some
28740 cases to find related words.
28743 \begin_layout Standard
28744 The thesaurus only works for single words, and also only when it is in the
28746 For example starting the thesaurus with the word
28747 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28751 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28754 leads to no results, while results are shown for the word
28755 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28759 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28763 To avoid this, you can highlight only the part
28764 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28768 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28772 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28776 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28782 \begin_layout Section
28787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28798 Document ! Change Tracking
28804 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28806 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
28813 \begin_layout Standard
28814 When you work on a document together with many people it is extremely useful
28815 to see changes others made highlighted in the document.
28816 You can then decide if you accept a change or not.
28817 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
28819 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28821 \begin_inset space ~
28824 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28826 \begin_inset space ~
28834 \begin_layout Standard
28835 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by colors:
28844 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
28847 \begin_inset space ~
28851 \begin_inset space ~
28864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28873 \begin_layout Standard
28874 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
28878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28887 \begin_layout Standard
28888 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28894 \begin_layout Standard
28895 \begin_inset Graphics
28896 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
28903 \begin_layout Standard
28904 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28910 \begin_layout Standard
28911 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
28915 \begin_layout Standard
28916 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28922 \begin_layout Standard
28923 \begin_inset Tabular
28924 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
28925 <features islongtable="true">
28926 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28927 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28928 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28933 \begin_inset Graphics
28934 filename ../images/changes-track.png
28935 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28936 rotateOrigin center
28945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28951 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28953 \begin_inset space ~
28956 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28958 \begin_inset space ~
28967 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28972 \begin_inset Graphics
28973 filename ../images/changes-output.png
28974 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28975 rotateOrigin center
28984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28990 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28992 \begin_inset space ~
28995 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28997 \begin_inset space ~
29001 \begin_inset space ~
29005 \begin_inset space ~
29014 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29019 \begin_inset Graphics
29020 filename ../images/change-next.png
29021 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29022 rotateOrigin center
29031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29035 Jumps to the next change
29041 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29046 \begin_inset Graphics
29047 filename ../images/change-accept.png
29048 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29049 rotateOrigin center
29058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29064 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29066 \begin_inset space ~
29069 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29071 \begin_inset space ~
29080 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29085 \begin_inset Graphics
29086 filename ../images/change-reject.png
29087 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29088 rotateOrigin center
29097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29103 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29105 \begin_inset space ~
29108 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29110 \begin_inset space ~
29119 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29124 \begin_inset Graphics
29125 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
29126 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29127 rotateOrigin center
29136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29142 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29144 \begin_inset space ~
29147 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29149 \begin_inset space ~
29158 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29163 \begin_inset Graphics
29164 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
29165 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29166 rotateOrigin center
29175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29181 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29183 \begin_inset space ~
29186 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29188 \begin_inset space ~
29192 \begin_inset space ~
29201 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29206 \begin_inset Graphics
29207 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
29208 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29209 rotateOrigin center
29218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29224 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29226 \begin_inset space ~
29229 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29231 \begin_inset space ~
29235 \begin_inset space ~
29244 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29249 \begin_inset Graphics
29250 filename ../images/note-insert.png
29251 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29252 rotateOrigin center
29261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29267 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29268 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29270 \begin_inset space ~
29279 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29284 \begin_inset Graphics
29285 filename ../images/note-next.png
29286 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29287 rotateOrigin center
29296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29302 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29304 \begin_inset space ~
29320 \begin_layout Standard
29321 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29327 \begin_layout Standard
29328 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes -- highlight
29329 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
29330 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you informations about
29331 the next change behind the current cursor position.
29332 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
29333 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
29334 step to the next change.
29335 This way you can jump through all changes of the document.
29338 \begin_layout Standard
29339 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
29340 to describe a change.
29343 \begin_layout Standard
29344 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
29352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29353 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
29359 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
29360 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29366 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
29369 \begin_layout Section
29370 International Support
29374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29375 International support
29383 \begin_layout Standard
29384 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
29385 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
29386 how to set up LyX to use them:
29387 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29389 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
29396 \begin_layout Standard
29397 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
29398 \begin_inset space ~
29402 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29404 reference "sub:Special-Character"
29411 \begin_layout Subsection
29416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29427 Document ! Settings
29436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29437 Document ! Language
29445 \begin_layout Standard
29448 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29451 dialog lets you set
29453 the language and character encoding for your language.
29457 \begin_layout Standard
29458 Choose your language in the
29462 section of this dialog.
29470 \begin_layout Standard
29475 box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX
29479 use language's default encoding
29481 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
29482 For details about the different encoding options see section
29483 \begin_inset space ~
29487 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29489 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
29496 \begin_layout Subsection
29497 Keyboard mapping configuration
29498 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29500 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
29507 \begin_layout Standard
29508 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
29509 language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
29510 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
29511 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
29512 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
29514 \begin_inset space ~
29518 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29520 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
29525 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
29526 which one you want to use.
29529 \begin_layout Standard
29530 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
29531 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
29532 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
29533 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
29534 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
29535 one to support the characters you want.
29536 This and much more customizations are explained in the
29543 \begin_layout Subsection
29547 \begin_layout Standard
29549 \begin_inset space ~
29553 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29555 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
29564 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
29568 \begin_layout Standard
29569 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
29570 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
29578 \begin_layout Itemize
29579 Even if you have selected
29585 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29588 dialog, users who have only the
29592 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
29596 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
29597 DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
29598 french quotes won't show up.
29601 \begin_layout Standard
29602 \begin_inset Float table
29607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29608 \begin_inset Caption
29610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29611 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29613 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
29629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29631 \begin_inset Tabular
29632 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
29634 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29635 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29636 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29637 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29638 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29639 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29640 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29641 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29642 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29643 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29644 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29645 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29646 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29647 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29648 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29649 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29650 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30503 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34063 \begin_layout Standard
34064 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
34066 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
34067 also the characters from
34079 \begin_layout Itemize
34088 \begin_layout Standard
34089 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
34090 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34096 \begin_layout Standard
34097 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
34098 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34104 \begin_layout Standard
34105 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
34106 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34112 \begin_layout Standard
34113 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
34114 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34120 \begin_layout Standard
34122 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34128 \begin_layout Standard
34130 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34136 \begin_layout Standard
34138 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34145 \begin_layout Itemize
34158 \begin_layout Standard
34160 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34166 \begin_layout Standard
34168 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34174 \begin_layout Standard
34176 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34182 \begin_layout Standard
34184 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34190 \begin_layout Standard
34192 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34198 \begin_layout Standard
34200 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34207 \begin_layout Standard
34208 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
34209 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
34210 Also make sure you're using the
34217 \begin_layout Chapter
34220 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34222 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
34229 \begin_layout Standard
34230 This appendix lists all available menus and describes its functionality.
34231 It is designed as quick reference if you are searching for a special topic
34232 inside the user's guide.
34235 \begin_layout Section
34240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34249 \begin_layout Standard
34254 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
34255 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
34258 \begin_layout Subsection
34262 \begin_layout Standard
34263 Creates a new document.
34266 \begin_layout Subsection
34270 \begin_layout Standard
34271 This menu prompts you for a template to use.
34272 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
34273 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
34276 \begin_layout Subsection
34280 \begin_layout Standard
34284 \begin_layout Subsection
34288 \begin_layout Standard
34289 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
34290 Click there on a file to open it.
34293 \begin_layout Subsection
34297 \begin_layout Standard
34298 Closes the current document.
34301 \begin_layout Subsection
34305 \begin_layout Standard
34306 Saves the actual document.
34309 \begin_layout Subsection
34313 \begin_layout Standard
34314 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
34317 \begin_layout Subsection
34321 \begin_layout Standard
34322 Reloads the actual document from disk.
34325 \begin_layout Subsection
34329 \begin_layout Standard
34330 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
34331 It is described in the section
34333 Version Control in LyX
34338 \begin_inset space ~
34346 \begin_layout Subsection
34350 \begin_layout Standard
34351 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, LaTeX-files, NoWeb-files,
34352 plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files (CSV).
34353 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
34356 \begin_layout Standard
34357 When using the menu
34360 \begin_inset space ~
34364 \begin_inset space ~
34369 , all lines will be imported consecutively to one big paragraph.
34370 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
34371 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
34372 will start a new paragraph.
34375 \begin_layout Subsection
34377 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34386 \begin_layout Standard
34387 You can export your document to various file formats.
34388 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
34389 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
34390 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
34393 \begin_layout Standard
34394 Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
34396 \begin_inset space ~
34400 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34402 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
34409 \begin_layout Description
34413 \begin_inset space ~
34418 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
34419 (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
34422 \begin_layout Description
34430 \begin_layout Description
34431 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
34435 \begin_layout Description
34437 \begin_inset space ~
34441 \begin_inset space ~
34444 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
34448 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
34456 \begin_layout Description
34463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34471 \begin_inset space ~
34476 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
34477 will be converted to a format that is readable for the
34481 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
34484 \begin_layout Description
34491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34499 \begin_inset space ~
34504 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
34505 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
34513 \begin_layout Description
34515 \begin_inset space ~
34518 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable for the LyX versions 1.y.x (
34519 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34523 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34526 is replaced by the version number)
34529 \begin_layout Description
34530 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
34543 (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
34547 \begin_layout Description
34552 PDF-format using the program
34557 \begin_layout Description
34561 \begin_inset space ~
34566 PDF-format using the program
34571 \begin_layout Description
34575 \begin_inset space ~
34580 PDF-format using the program
34585 \begin_layout Description
34589 \begin_inset space ~
34597 \begin_layout Description
34601 \begin_inset space ~
34605 \begin_inset space ~
34610 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
34611 and then exported as text using the program
34616 \begin_layout Description
34621 PostScript format using the program
34626 \begin_layout Description
34634 \begin_layout Standard
34639 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
34640 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
34646 produces directly PDF-files and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
34649 \begin_layout Standard
34650 If one of the menu entries
34657 \begin_inset space ~
34666 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34667 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34668 \begin_inset space ~
34672 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34674 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34683 Reconfiguration of LyX
34691 \begin_layout Standard
34696 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
34697 the export program.
34700 \begin_layout Subsection
34704 \begin_layout Standard
34705 With this menu you can print your document to a file in PostScript format
34706 or send it to a printer.
34707 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
34708 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
34714 For more informations have a look at section
34715 \begin_inset space ~
34719 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34721 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
34728 \begin_layout Subsection
34729 New and Close Window
34732 \begin_layout Standard
34733 Opens a new instance of LyX with all currently opened documents.
34734 You can close it later with the corresponding menu.
34737 \begin_layout Section
34742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34751 \begin_layout Subsection
34755 \begin_layout Standard
34756 Described in section
34757 \begin_inset space ~
34761 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34763 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
34770 \begin_layout Subsection
34771 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
34774 \begin_layout Standard
34775 Described in section
34776 \begin_inset space ~
34780 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34782 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34789 \begin_layout Subsection
34793 \begin_layout Standard
34794 Selects the whole document.
34797 \begin_layout Subsection
34801 \begin_layout Standard
34802 Described in section
34803 \begin_inset space ~
34807 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34809 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34816 \begin_layout Subsection
34817 Move Paragraph Up/Down
34820 \begin_layout Standard
34821 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
34825 \begin_layout Subsection
34829 \begin_layout Standard
34830 Described in section
34831 \begin_inset space ~
34835 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34837 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
34844 \begin_layout Subsection
34849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34850 Paragraph ! Settings
34858 \begin_layout Standard
34859 The settings in the paragraph dialog only affects the paragraph where the
34861 Here you can set here the paragraph alignment and line spacing.
34864 \begin_layout Standard
34865 You can also prevent that the first line of the paragraph is indented.
34866 This option works only when you have chosen to separate paragraphs with
34869 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34875 \begin_inset space ~
34883 \begin_layout Subsection
34887 \begin_layout Standard
34888 These two menus are only active when the cursor is inside a table or a formula.
34889 The properties of this table/formula can now be changed.
34890 The properties of tables are described in section
34891 \begin_inset space ~
34895 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34897 reference "sec:Tables"
34901 , the properties of formulas in chapter
34902 \begin_inset space ~
34906 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34908 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
34915 \begin_layout Subsection
34916 Increase / Decrease List Depth
34919 \begin_layout Standard
34920 These menus are only active when the cursor is in an environment that can
34922 They in/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
34923 \begin_inset space ~
34927 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34929 reference "sec:Nesting"
34934 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34936 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
34943 \begin_layout Section
34948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34957 \begin_layout Standard
34962 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
34963 document with an external program.
34964 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
34965 - it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
34966 All possible formats are formats listed in section
34967 \begin_inset space ~
34971 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34973 reference "sub:Export"
34978 You should at least see the menu entries
34985 \begin_inset space ~
34991 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34992 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34993 \begin_inset space ~
34997 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34999 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
35007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35008 Reconfiguration of LyX
35016 \begin_layout Standard
35017 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
35018 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
35019 \begin_inset space ~
35023 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35025 reference "sec:File-Formats"
35030 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
35033 \begin_layout Standard
35034 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
35037 At the bottom of the
35041 menu the opened documents are listed.
35044 \begin_layout Subsection
35045 Open/Close all Insets
35048 \begin_layout Standard
35049 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
35052 \begin_layout Subsection
35053 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
35056 \begin_layout Standard
35057 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
35060 \begin_layout Standard
35061 More about math macros will be described in the
35068 \begin_layout Subsection
35072 \begin_layout Standard
35073 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
35075 \begin_inset space ~
35079 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35081 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
35088 \begin_layout Subsection
35092 \begin_layout Standard
35093 This menu allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
35094 opening a new view window.
35097 \begin_layout Subsection
35101 \begin_layout Standard
35102 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
35103 This allows you view documents the same time to compare them, or to view
35104 the same document, but at different positions.
35105 You can split the main window even several times to view for example 3
35106 or more documents the same time.
35107 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
35114 \begin_layout Subsection
35118 \begin_layout Standard
35119 Closes a split view.
35122 \begin_layout Subsection
35126 \begin_layout Standard
35127 Using this menu or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars so
35128 that you will see nothing than your text.
35129 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
35130 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
35131 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the the appearing context menu.
35134 \begin_layout Subsection
35136 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35138 name "sub:Toolbars"
35146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35155 \begin_layout Standard
35156 In this menu you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
35157 All toolbars and the
35160 \begin_inset space ~
35165 can be turned on and off.
35170 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
35182 \begin_inset space ~
35191 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
35195 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
35202 \begin_layout Standard
35207 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
35211 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
35212 or when a certain feature is enabled.
35213 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
35214 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
35215 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
35218 \begin_layout Standard
35219 LyX's toolbars and its buttons are explained in section
35220 \begin_inset space ~
35224 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35226 reference "sec:Toolbars"
35233 \begin_layout Section
35238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35247 \begin_layout Subsection
35251 \begin_layout Standard
35252 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
35253 \begin_inset space ~
35257 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35259 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35270 \begin_layout Subsection
35272 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35274 name "sub:Special-Character"
35281 \begin_layout Standard
35282 Here you can insert the following characters:
35285 \begin_layout Description
35286 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
35287 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
35288 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
35289 \begin_inset Newline newline
35293 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35301 Not all characters will be visible in the
35305 dialog because none of the screen font that you can set in the preferences
35307 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
35311 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35313 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
35317 ) can display every character.
35325 \begin_layout Description
35326 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
35330 \begin_layout Description
35332 \begin_inset space ~
35336 \begin_inset space ~
35339 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
35340 \begin_inset space ~
35344 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35346 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
35353 \begin_layout Description
35355 \begin_inset space ~
35358 Quote Inserts this quote:
35359 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35362 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
35364 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35374 \begin_layout Description
35376 \begin_inset space ~
35379 Quote Inserts this quote:
35380 \begin_inset Quotes els
35386 \begin_layout Description
35388 \begin_inset space ~
35391 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
35395 \begin_layout Description
35397 \begin_inset space ~
35400 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
35404 \begin_layout Description
35406 \begin_inset space ~
35409 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
35413 \begin_layout Description
35415 \begin_inset space ~
35422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35433 Language ! Phonetic symbols
35438 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
35439 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
35440 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
35448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35449 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
35455 \begin_inset Newline newline
35458 For more informations about this feature we refer to the documentation of
35462 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
35470 and this Wiki-page:
35471 \begin_inset Newline newline
35475 \begin_inset Flex URL
35478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35480 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
35488 \begin_layout Subsection
35492 \begin_layout Standard
35493 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
35496 \begin_layout Description
35497 Superscript Inserts an superscript: test
35498 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
35504 \begin_layout Description
35505 Subscript Inserts an subscript: test
35506 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
35512 \begin_layout Description
35514 \begin_inset space ~
35517 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
35518 \begin_inset space ~
35522 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35524 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
35531 \begin_layout Description
35533 \begin_inset space ~
35536 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
35537 \begin_inset space ~
35541 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35543 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
35550 \begin_layout Description
35552 \begin_inset space ~
35555 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
35556 \begin_inset space ~
35560 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35562 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
35569 \begin_layout Description
35571 \begin_inset space ~
35574 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
35575 \begin_inset space ~
35579 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35581 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
35588 \begin_layout Description
35590 \begin_inset space ~
35593 Line Inserts an horizontal line, see section
35594 \begin_inset space ~
35598 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35600 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
35607 \begin_layout Description
35609 \begin_inset space ~
35612 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
35613 \begin_inset space ~
35617 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35619 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
35626 \begin_layout Description
35628 \begin_inset space ~
35631 Point Inserts an hyphenation point, see section
35632 \begin_inset space ~
35636 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35638 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
35645 \begin_layout Description
35647 \begin_inset space ~
35650 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
35651 \begin_inset space ~
35655 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35657 reference "sub:Ligatures"
35664 \begin_layout Description
35666 \begin_inset space ~
35670 \begin_inset space ~
35673 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
35674 \begin_inset space ~
35678 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35680 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
35687 \begin_layout Description
35689 \begin_inset space ~
35692 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
35693 text line to the page border, see section
35694 \begin_inset space ~
35698 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35700 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
35707 \begin_layout Description
35709 \begin_inset space ~
35712 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
35713 \begin_inset space ~
35717 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35719 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
35726 \begin_layout Description
35728 \begin_inset space ~
35731 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
35732 text page to the page border, described in section
35733 \begin_inset space ~
35737 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35739 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
35746 \begin_layout Description
35748 \begin_inset space ~
35751 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
35752 \begin_inset space ~
35756 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35758 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
35765 \begin_layout Description
35767 \begin_inset space ~
35771 \begin_inset space ~
35774 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
35775 \begin_inset space ~
35779 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35781 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
35788 \begin_layout Subsection
35792 \begin_layout Standard
35793 Various lists can be inserted with this menu.
35794 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
35796 \begin_inset space ~
35800 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35802 reference "sec:toc"
35807 The index list is described in section
35808 \begin_inset space ~
35812 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35814 reference "sec:Index"
35818 , the nomenclature in section
35819 \begin_inset space ~
35823 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35825 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35829 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
35830 \begin_inset space ~
35834 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35836 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
35843 \begin_layout Subsection
35847 \begin_layout Standard
35848 To insert floats, described in section
35849 \begin_inset space ~
35853 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35855 reference "sec:Floats"
35862 \begin_layout Subsection
35866 \begin_layout Standard
35867 To insert notes, described in section
35868 \begin_inset space ~
35872 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35874 reference "sec:Notes"
35881 \begin_layout Subsection
35885 \begin_layout Standard
35886 Inserts branch insets as described in section
35887 \begin_inset space ~
35891 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35893 reference "sec:Branches"
35900 \begin_layout Subsection
35905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35914 \begin_layout Standard
35915 Here you can insert files to include them or its content to your document.
35916 How this can be done is in detail explained in chapter
35927 \begin_layout Subsection
35932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35941 \begin_layout Standard
35942 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
35943 \begin_inset space ~
35947 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35949 reference "sec:Minipages"
35954 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in chapter
35965 \begin_layout Subsection
35969 \begin_layout Standard
35970 Inserts a citation as described in section
35971 \begin_inset space ~
35975 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35977 reference "sec:Bibliography"
35984 \begin_layout Subsection
35988 \begin_layout Standard
35989 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
35990 \begin_inset space ~
35994 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35996 reference "sec:Cross-References"
36003 \begin_layout Subsection
36007 \begin_layout Standard
36008 Inserts a label as described in section
36009 \begin_inset space ~
36013 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36015 reference "sec:Cross-References"
36022 \begin_layout Subsection
36027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36038 Longtables ! Caption
36046 \begin_layout Standard
36047 Inserts a caption to floats or longtables.
36048 Floats are described in section
36049 \begin_inset space ~
36053 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36055 reference "sec:Floats"
36059 , captions in longtables are described in section
36070 \begin_layout Subsection
36074 \begin_layout Standard
36075 Inserts an index entry as described in section
36076 \begin_inset space ~
36080 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36082 reference "sec:Index"
36089 \begin_layout Subsection
36093 \begin_layout Standard
36094 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
36095 \begin_inset space ~
36099 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36101 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
36108 \begin_layout Subsection
36112 \begin_layout Standard
36114 Tables are described in section
36115 \begin_inset space ~
36119 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36121 reference "sec:Tables"
36128 \begin_layout Subsection
36132 \begin_layout Standard
36134 Graphics are described in section
36135 \begin_inset space ~
36139 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36141 reference "sec:Graphics"
36148 \begin_layout Subsection
36152 \begin_layout Standard
36153 Inserts an URL as described in section
36154 \begin_inset space ~
36158 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36160 reference "sub:URLs"
36167 \begin_layout Subsection
36171 \begin_layout Standard
36172 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
36173 \begin_inset space ~
36177 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36179 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
36186 \begin_layout Subsection
36190 \begin_layout Standard
36191 Inserts a footnote, see section
36192 \begin_inset space ~
36196 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36198 reference "sec:Footnotes"
36205 \begin_layout Subsection
36209 \begin_layout Standard
36210 Inserts a marginal note, see section
36211 \begin_inset space ~
36215 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36217 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
36224 \begin_layout Subsection
36228 \begin_layout Standard
36229 Inserts a short title, see section
36230 \begin_inset space ~
36234 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36236 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
36243 \begin_layout Subsection
36247 \begin_layout Standard
36248 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
36249 \begin_inset space ~
36253 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36255 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
36262 \begin_layout Subsection
36267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36276 \begin_layout Standard
36277 Inserts a program listings box.
36278 Program listings are explained in chapter
36280 Program Code Listings
36289 \begin_layout Subsection
36293 \begin_layout Standard
36294 Inserts the actual date.
36295 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
36297 LyX offers another ways to insert a date which is explained in section
36307 There the different methods are also compared.
36310 \begin_layout Section
36315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36324 \begin_layout Standard
36325 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
36326 \begin_inset space ~
36329 of the current document.
36330 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
36333 \begin_layout Subsection
36337 \begin_layout Standard
36338 With this menu you are able to define your own bookmarks.
36339 This is useful when you are working on a large documents and often have
36341 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36345 \begin_inset space \space{}
36349 \begin_inset space ~
36353 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
36354 \begin_inset space ~
36357 2.5 and use the menu
36360 \begin_inset space ~
36364 \begin_inset space ~
36371 \begin_inset space ~
36377 \begin_inset space ~
36381 \begin_inset space ~
36387 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
36391 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
36397 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
36403 \begin_layout Standard
36404 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
36405 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
36408 \begin_layout Subsection
36409 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
36412 \begin_layout Standard
36413 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
36417 \begin_layout Subsection
36421 \begin_layout Standard
36422 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
36423 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
36424 on a cross-reference box.
36427 \begin_layout Section
36432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36441 \begin_layout Subsection
36445 \begin_layout Standard
36446 Change Tracking is described in section
36447 \begin_inset space ~
36451 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36453 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
36460 \begin_layout Subsection
36465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36475 \begin_layout Standard
36476 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
36478 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
36481 \begin_layout Standard
36482 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
36487 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
36490 \begin_layout Subsection
36494 \begin_layout Standard
36495 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
36496 \begin_inset space ~
36500 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36502 reference "sec:Navigating"
36507 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36509 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
36516 \begin_layout Subsection
36517 Start Appendix Here
36520 \begin_layout Standard
36521 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
36522 position as described in section
36523 \begin_inset space ~
36527 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36529 reference "sec:Appendices"
36536 \begin_layout Subsection
36540 \begin_layout Standard
36541 Un/compresses the actual document.
36544 \begin_layout Subsection
36548 \begin_layout Standard
36549 The document settings are described in appendix
36550 \begin_inset space ~
36554 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36556 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
36563 \begin_layout Section
36568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36577 \begin_layout Subsection
36581 \begin_layout Standard
36582 Spell checking is explained in section
36583 \begin_inset space ~
36587 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36589 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
36596 \begin_layout Subsection
36600 \begin_layout Standard
36601 The thesaurus is described in section
36602 \begin_inset space ~
36606 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36608 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
36615 \begin_layout Subsection
36620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36639 \begin_layout Standard
36640 Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the
36641 highlighted document part.
36644 \begin_layout Subsection
36649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36658 \begin_layout Standard
36659 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
36662 \begin_layout Subsection
36667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36668 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
36672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36679 Reconfiguration of LyX
36683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36700 Reconfiguration of LyX
36708 \begin_layout Standard
36709 This menu reconfigures LyX.
36710 That means LyX looks for LaTeX-packages and needed programs, see also section
36711 \begin_inset space ~
36715 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36717 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
36724 \begin_layout Subsection
36728 \begin_layout Standard
36729 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
36730 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36734 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36736 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
36743 \begin_layout Section
36748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36757 \begin_layout Standard
36758 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
36762 \begin_layout Standard
36766 \begin_inset space ~
36771 shows a LyX-document with informations about the LaTeX-packages and classes
36772 found by LyX (see also section
36773 \begin_inset space ~
36777 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36779 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
36786 \begin_layout Section
36788 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36790 name "sec:Toolbars"
36797 \begin_layout Standard
36798 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
36799 \begin_inset space ~
36803 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36805 reference "sub:Toolbars"
36812 \begin_layout Standard
36813 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
36814 This is described in the
36816 Additional Features
36821 \begin_layout Subsection
36826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36835 \begin_layout Standard
36836 \begin_inset Graphics
36837 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
36845 \begin_layout Standard
36846 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
36852 \begin_layout Standard
36853 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
36858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36870 \begin_inset Note Note
36873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36874 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
36879 manual for more information.
36887 \begin_layout Standard
36888 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
36894 \begin_layout Standard
36895 \begin_inset Tabular
36896 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
36897 <features islongtable="true">
36898 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
36899 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
36901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36905 \begin_inset Graphics
36906 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
36916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36920 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
36933 \begin_layout Standard
36934 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
36940 \begin_layout Standard
36942 \begin_inset Tabular
36943 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
36944 <features islongtable="true">
36945 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
36946 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
36947 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36954 \begin_inset Graphics
36955 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
36956 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36971 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36978 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36983 \begin_inset Graphics
36984 filename ../images/file-open.png
36985 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37000 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37007 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37012 \begin_inset Graphics
37013 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
37014 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37029 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37036 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37041 \begin_inset Graphics
37042 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
37043 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
37052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37058 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37065 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37070 \begin_inset Graphics
37071 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
37072 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37087 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37094 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37099 \begin_inset Graphics
37100 filename ../images/undo.png
37101 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37116 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37123 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37128 \begin_inset Graphics
37129 filename ../images/redo.png
37130 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37145 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37152 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37157 \begin_inset Graphics
37158 filename ../images/cut.png
37159 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37174 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37181 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37186 \begin_inset Graphics
37187 filename ../images/copy.png
37188 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37203 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37210 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37215 \begin_inset Graphics
37216 filename ../images/paste.png
37217 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37232 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37239 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37244 \begin_inset Graphics
37245 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
37246 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37247 rotateOrigin center
37256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37262 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37264 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37268 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37277 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37282 \begin_inset Graphics
37283 filename ../images/font-emph.png
37284 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37297 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
37299 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37301 \begin_inset space ~
37312 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37317 \begin_inset Graphics
37318 filename ../images/font-noun.png
37319 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37332 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
37334 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37336 \begin_inset space ~
37347 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37352 \begin_inset Graphics
37353 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
37354 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37367 Formats text using the current settings in the
37369 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37371 \begin_inset space ~
37382 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37387 \begin_inset Graphics
37388 filename ../images/math-mode.png
37389 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37404 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37405 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37407 \begin_inset space ~
37416 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37421 \begin_inset Graphics
37422 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
37423 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37424 rotateOrigin center
37433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37439 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37446 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37451 \begin_inset Graphics
37452 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
37453 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37454 rotateOrigin center
37463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37469 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37476 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37481 \begin_inset Graphics
37482 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
37483 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37484 rotateOrigin center
37493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37497 Toggle outline window on/off,
37499 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37506 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37511 \begin_inset Graphics
37512 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
37513 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37514 rotateOrigin center
37523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37527 Toggle math toolbar on/off
37533 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37538 \begin_inset Graphics
37539 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
37540 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37541 rotateOrigin center
37550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37554 Toggle table toolbar on/off
37567 \begin_layout Subsection
37572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37581 \begin_layout Standard
37582 \begin_inset Graphics
37583 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
37591 \begin_layout Standard
37592 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37598 \begin_layout Standard
37599 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37603 \begin_layout Standard
37604 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37610 \begin_layout Standard
37611 \begin_inset Tabular
37612 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
37613 <features islongtable="true">
37614 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37615 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37616 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37621 \begin_inset Graphics
37622 filename ../images/layout.png
37623 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37624 rotateOrigin center
37633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37643 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37648 \begin_inset Graphics
37649 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
37650 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37651 rotateOrigin center
37660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37670 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37675 \begin_inset Graphics
37676 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
37677 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37678 rotateOrigin center
37687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37697 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37702 \begin_inset Graphics
37703 filename ../images/layout_List.png
37704 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37705 rotateOrigin center
37714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37724 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37729 \begin_inset Graphics
37730 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
37731 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37732 rotateOrigin center
37741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37751 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37756 \begin_inset Graphics
37757 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
37758 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37759 rotateOrigin center
37768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37774 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37776 \begin_inset space ~
37780 \begin_inset space ~
37789 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37794 \begin_inset Graphics
37795 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
37796 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37797 rotateOrigin center
37806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37812 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37814 \begin_inset space ~
37818 \begin_inset space ~
37827 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37832 \begin_inset Graphics
37833 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
37834 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37849 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37850 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37857 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37862 \begin_inset Graphics
37863 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
37864 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37879 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37880 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37887 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37892 \begin_inset Graphics
37893 filename ../images/label-insert.png
37894 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37909 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37916 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37921 \begin_inset Graphics
37922 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
37923 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37938 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37945 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37950 \begin_inset Graphics
37951 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
37952 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37967 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37974 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37979 \begin_inset Graphics
37980 filename ../images/index-insert.png
37981 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37996 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37998 \begin_inset space ~
38007 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38012 \begin_inset Graphics
38013 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
38014 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38029 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38031 \begin_inset space ~
38040 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38045 \begin_inset Graphics
38046 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
38047 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38062 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38069 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38074 \begin_inset Graphics
38075 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
38076 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38077 rotateOrigin center
38086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38092 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38094 \begin_inset space ~
38103 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38108 \begin_inset Graphics
38109 filename ../images/note-insert.png
38110 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38125 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38126 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38128 \begin_inset space ~
38137 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38142 \begin_inset Graphics
38143 filename ../images/box-insert.png
38144 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38159 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38166 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38171 \begin_inset Graphics
38172 filename ../images/url-insert.png
38173 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38188 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38195 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38200 \begin_inset Graphics
38201 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
38202 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38217 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38239 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38244 \begin_inset Graphics
38245 filename ../images/math-macro_newmacroname_newcommand.png
38246 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38261 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38262 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38269 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38274 \begin_inset Graphics
38275 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
38276 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38291 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38292 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38294 \begin_inset space ~
38303 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38308 \begin_inset Graphics
38309 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
38310 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38311 rotateOrigin center
38320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38326 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38328 \begin_inset space ~
38337 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38342 \begin_inset Graphics
38343 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
38344 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38345 rotateOrigin center
38354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38360 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38362 \begin_inset space ~
38371 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38376 \begin_inset Graphics
38377 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
38378 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38379 rotateOrigin center
38388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38394 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38408 \begin_layout Subsection
38409 View / Update Toolbar
38413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38414 Toolbar ! View / Update
38422 \begin_layout Standard
38423 \begin_inset Graphics
38424 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
38431 \begin_layout Standard
38432 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38438 \begin_layout Standard
38439 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
38443 \begin_layout Standard
38444 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38450 \begin_layout Standard
38451 \begin_inset Tabular
38452 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
38453 <features islongtable="true">
38454 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38455 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38456 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38461 \begin_inset Graphics
38462 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
38463 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38464 rotateOrigin center
38473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38479 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38486 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38491 \begin_inset Graphics
38492 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
38493 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38494 rotateOrigin center
38503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38509 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38510 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38517 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38522 \begin_inset Graphics
38523 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
38524 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38525 rotateOrigin center
38534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38540 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38547 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38552 \begin_inset Graphics
38553 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
38554 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38555 rotateOrigin center
38564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38570 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38571 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38578 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38583 \begin_inset Graphics
38584 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
38585 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38586 rotateOrigin center
38595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38601 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38608 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38613 \begin_inset Graphics
38614 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
38615 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38616 rotateOrigin center
38625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38631 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38632 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38646 \begin_layout Subsection
38650 \begin_layout Standard
38651 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
38652 \begin_inset space ~
38656 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38658 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
38662 , the table toolbar
38666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38676 manual, the math macro toolbar in the
38683 \begin_layout Chapter
38684 The Document Settings
38685 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38687 name "cha:The-Document-Settings"
38695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38696 Document ! Settings
38704 \begin_layout Standard
38705 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
38706 whole document and is called with the menu
38708 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38712 You can save your document settings as default with th
38714 e Save as Document Defaults
38716 button in the dialog.
38717 This will create a template name
38725 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
38729 \begin_layout Standard
38730 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
38733 \begin_layout Section
38737 \begin_layout Standard
38738 Here you set the document class, class options, a Postscript driver, and
38740 Document classes are described in section
38741 \begin_inset space ~
38745 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38747 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
38752 Some classes use some class options by default.
38753 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
38757 and you can decide to use them or not.
38758 If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
38759 recommended not to touch them.
38760 The Postscript driver is used for LaTeX's color and graphics packages.
38765 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages are used.
38766 It is recommended to use the default unless your know what you are doing.
38770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38771 When you want one of the following drivers
38772 \begin_inset Newline newline
38775 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
38776 \begin_inset Newline newline
38779 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
38780 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38784 \begin_inset CommandInset href
38786 target "http://tug.ctan.org/get/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
38798 \begin_layout Standard
38799 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
38800 child or subdocument.
38801 This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
38802 without its master.
38803 This way child documents are always compileable.
38804 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
38815 \begin_layout Section
38819 \begin_layout Standard
38820 Modules are explained in section
38821 \begin_inset space ~
38825 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38827 reference "sub:Modules"
38834 \begin_layout Section
38838 \begin_layout Standard
38839 The document font settings are described in section
38840 \begin_inset space ~
38844 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38846 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
38853 \begin_layout Section
38857 \begin_layout Standard
38858 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
38860 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
38864 \begin_layout Standard
38865 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
38866 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
38867 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
38870 \begin_layout Standard
38871 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
38879 \begin_layout Section
38883 \begin_layout Standard
38884 A description of this menu is given in section
38885 \begin_inset space ~
38889 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38891 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
38896 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38898 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
38905 \begin_layout Section
38909 \begin_layout Standard
38910 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
38911 \begin_inset space ~
38915 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38917 reference "sub:Margins"
38924 \begin_layout Section
38929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38930 Language ! Encoding
38938 \begin_layout Standard
38939 The document language and quote styles are set here.
38940 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
38941 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
38942 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
38943 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
38944 known for a particular character).
38948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38949 The known commands are defined in a text file.
38950 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
38955 manual for details.
38963 \begin_layout Standard
38964 If you use the option
38968 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
38969 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
38970 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
38971 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
38972 exactly one encoding.
38973 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
38981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38982 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
38983 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
38985 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
38986 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39000 \begin_layout Standard
39001 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
39002 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
39003 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
39004 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
39005 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
39006 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
39011 (when LyX uses it's list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
39012 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
39013 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
39016 \begin_layout Standard
39017 Here is a list with the important encodings:
39020 \begin_layout Description
39022 \begin_inset space ~
39026 \begin_inset space ~
39030 \begin_inset space ~
39037 , but the LaTeX-package
39045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39046 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
39052 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
39053 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
39054 languages in TeX code.
39057 \begin_layout Description
39058 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
39059 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
39060 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
39063 \begin_layout Description
39065 \begin_inset space ~
39069 \begin_inset space ~
39072 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
39075 \begin_layout Description
39077 \begin_inset space ~
39081 \begin_inset space ~
39084 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
39087 \begin_layout Description
39089 \begin_inset space ~
39092 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
39095 \begin_layout Description
39097 \begin_inset space ~
39101 \begin_inset space ~
39104 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the same
39105 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
39108 \begin_layout Description
39110 \begin_inset space ~
39114 \begin_inset space ~
39117 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
39121 \begin_layout Description
39123 \begin_inset space ~
39127 \begin_inset space ~
39130 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a subset of the
39131 ISO-8859-13 encoding
39134 \begin_layout Description
39136 \begin_inset space ~
39140 \begin_inset space ~
39144 \begin_inset space ~
39147 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
39148 \begin_inset space ~
39154 \begin_layout Description
39156 \begin_inset space ~
39160 \begin_inset space ~
39164 \begin_inset space ~
39167 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
39168 Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
39171 \begin_layout Description
39173 \begin_inset space ~
39177 \begin_inset space ~
39180 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
39181 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
39182 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
39183 \begin_inset space ~
39187 \begin_inset space ~
39193 \begin_layout Description
39195 \begin_inset space ~
39199 \begin_inset space ~
39202 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
39203 except of the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
39204 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
39205 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
39206 \begin_inset space ~
39210 \begin_inset space ~
39216 \begin_layout Description
39218 \begin_inset space ~
39222 \begin_inset space ~
39225 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
39228 \begin_layout Description
39230 \begin_inset space ~
39234 \begin_inset space ~
39237 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
39240 \begin_layout Description
39242 \begin_inset space ~
39246 \begin_inset space ~
39249 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian, and Ukrainian
39252 \begin_layout Description
39254 \begin_inset space ~
39257 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
39260 \begin_layout Description
39262 \begin_inset space ~
39265 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
39268 \begin_layout Description
39270 \begin_inset space ~
39274 \begin_inset space ~
39277 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
39280 \begin_layout Description
39282 \begin_inset space ~
39286 \begin_inset space ~
39292 \begin_layout Description
39294 \begin_inset space ~
39298 \begin_inset space ~
39301 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
39304 \begin_layout Description
39306 \begin_inset space ~
39310 \begin_inset space ~
39316 \begin_layout Description
39318 \begin_inset space ~
39322 \begin_inset space ~
39325 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39334 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
39339 , when using this, set the document language to
39344 \begin_layout Description
39346 \begin_inset space ~
39350 \begin_inset space ~
39353 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39357 , when using this, set the document language to
39362 \begin_layout Description
39364 \begin_inset space ~
39368 \begin_inset space ~
39371 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39380 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
39385 , when using this, set the document language to
39390 \begin_layout Description
39392 \begin_inset space ~
39396 \begin_inset space ~
39399 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39403 , when using this, set the document language to
39408 \begin_layout Description
39410 \begin_inset space ~
39414 \begin_inset space ~
39417 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39421 , when using this, set the document language to
39426 \begin_layout Description
39428 \begin_inset space ~
39431 (EUC-KR) for Korean
39434 \begin_layout Description
39436 \begin_inset space ~
39440 \begin_inset space ~
39444 \begin_inset space ~
39447 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and Turkish
39450 \begin_layout Description
39452 \begin_inset space ~
39456 \begin_inset space ~
39460 \begin_inset space ~
39463 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
39464 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian, Slovenian, is designed
39465 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
39468 \begin_layout Description
39470 \begin_inset space ~
39474 \begin_inset space ~
39480 \begin_layout Description
39482 \begin_inset space ~
39486 \begin_inset space ~
39489 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
39490 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
39493 \begin_layout Description
39495 \begin_inset space ~
39499 \begin_inset space ~
39502 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
39510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39511 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
39516 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
39519 \begin_layout Description
39521 \begin_inset space ~
39525 \begin_inset space ~
39528 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
39532 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
39540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39541 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
39542 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39556 \begin_layout Description
39558 \begin_inset space ~
39562 \begin_inset space ~
39565 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX package
39573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39574 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
39579 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
39582 \begin_layout Description
39584 \begin_inset space ~
39587 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
39595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39596 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
39602 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
39606 \begin_layout Description
39608 \begin_inset space ~
39612 \begin_inset space ~
39616 \begin_inset space ~
39619 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
39620 \begin_inset space ~
39626 \begin_layout Description
39628 \begin_inset space ~
39632 \begin_inset space ~
39636 \begin_inset space ~
39639 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
39640 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
39641 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-1
39645 \begin_layout Description
39647 \begin_inset space ~
39651 \begin_inset space ~
39655 \begin_inset space ~
39658 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
39659 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
39662 \begin_layout Section
39666 \begin_layout Standard
39667 You can adjust here the numbering depth of sections headings as described
39669 \begin_inset space ~
39673 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39675 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
39682 \begin_layout Section
39686 \begin_layout Standard
39687 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX-packages
39695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39696 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
39709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39710 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
39716 For a further description see section
39717 \begin_inset space ~
39721 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39723 reference "sec:Bibliography"
39730 \begin_layout Section
39734 \begin_layout Standard
39735 The PDF properties are explained in section
39736 \begin_inset space ~
39740 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39742 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
39749 \begin_layout Section
39753 \begin_layout Standard
39754 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
39762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39763 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
39776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39777 LaTeX-packages ! esint
39782 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
39785 \begin_layout Standard
39790 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
39791 assure that you have enabled AMS.
39794 \begin_layout Standard
39799 is used for special integral characters.
39802 \begin_layout Section
39806 \begin_layout Standard
39807 The float placement options are described in section
39808 \begin_inset space ~
39812 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39814 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
39821 \begin_layout Section
39825 \begin_layout Standard
39826 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
39827 The itemize environment is described in section
39828 \begin_inset space ~
39832 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39834 reference "sec:Itemize"
39841 \begin_layout Section
39845 \begin_layout Standard
39846 Branches are described in section
39847 \begin_inset space ~
39851 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39853 reference "sec:Branches"
39860 \begin_layout Section
39865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39875 \begin_layout Standard
39876 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
39877 to define LaTeX-commands.
39878 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
39879 You shouldn't enter commands here until you don't exactly know what you
39883 \begin_layout Standard
39884 An introduction in the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
39885 \begin_inset space ~
39889 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39891 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
39898 \begin_layout Chapter
39904 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39906 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
39914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39923 \begin_layout Standard
39924 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
39926 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39930 It consists of submenus explained in the following.
39933 \begin_layout Section
39937 \begin_layout Subsection
39941 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39942 User Interface File
39946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39947 Customization ! of toolbars
39956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39957 Customization ! of menus
39965 \begin_layout Standard
39966 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39974 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
39983 \begin_layout Standard
39984 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing an user
39985 interface (ui) file.
39986 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
39987 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
39996 Both files are loaded by the
40001 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
40002 files and edit the entries.
40005 \begin_layout Standard
40006 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
40018 entries must be ended with an explicit
40043 and in the case of the
40044 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40048 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40056 The syntax for the entries is:
40059 \begin_layout Standard
40060 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40066 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40074 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40078 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40082 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40088 \begin_layout Standard
40090 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40093 All LyX-functions are listed in
40094 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
40103 \begin_layout Standard
40104 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
40110 \begin_layout Standard
40111 An example: Assuming you use the menu
40113 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40116 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
40120 \begin_layout Standard
40121 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40126 Item "Save Bookmark 6" "bookmark-save 6"
40129 \begin_layout Standard
40131 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40134 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
40137 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40141 \begin_layout Standard
40144 Enable tool tips in main work area
40146 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
40150 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40154 \begin_layout Standard
40158 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40162 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40165 restoring of window layout and geometries
40167 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
40168 in the last LyX session.
40171 \begin_layout Standard
40174 Restore cursor positions
40176 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
40180 \begin_layout Standard
40183 Load opened files from last session
40185 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
40188 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40190 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40192 name "sub:Backup documents"
40200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40209 \begin_layout Standard
40214 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
40217 \begin_layout Standard
40222 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
40225 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40227 \begin_inset space ~
40235 \begin_layout Standard
40238 Open documents in tabs
40240 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
40244 \begin_layout Subsection
40249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40256 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40258 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
40265 \begin_layout Standard
40266 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
40269 \begin_layout Standard
40270 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40278 This section only deals with the fonts
40283 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
40286 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40287 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40298 \begin_layout Standard
40299 By default, LyX uses
40303 as roman (serif) font,
40311 (depends on the system) as
40314 \begin_inset space ~
40330 \begin_layout Standard
40331 You can change the font size with the
40336 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
40337 current LyX session by pressing Ctrl and scrolling the mouse wheel.
40340 \begin_layout Standard
40345 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
40346 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
40348 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40351 points have the size of 1
40352 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40356 \begin_inset space ~
40360 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40362 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
40369 \begin_layout Standard
40374 are the same as if a document font size of 10
40375 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40379 The sizes are explained in detail in section
40380 \begin_inset space ~
40384 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40386 reference "sub:Document-Font"
40393 \begin_layout Standard
40396 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
40398 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
40399 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
40400 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
40401 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
40403 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
40404 \begin_inset space ~
40410 \begin_layout Subsection
40415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40434 \begin_layout Standard
40435 You can here change all colors used by LyX.
40436 Choose an item in the list and use the
40443 \begin_layout Subsection
40448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40449 Settings ! Graphics
40457 \begin_layout Standard
40458 Here you can specify how graphics inside LyX are displayed.
40461 \begin_layout Standard
40466 enables previewing snippets of your document.
40467 This feature is described in section
40468 \begin_inset space ~
40472 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40474 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
40481 \begin_layout Section
40486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40495 \begin_layout Subsection
40499 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40503 \begin_layout Standard
40506 Cursor follows scrollbar
40508 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
40512 \begin_layout Standard
40515 Sort environments alphabetically
40517 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
40520 \begin_layout Standard
40523 Group environments by their category
40525 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
40528 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40532 \begin_layout Standard
40533 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
40538 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
40539 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
40543 \begin_layout Subsection
40548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40559 Settings ! Shortcuts
40567 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40571 \begin_layout Standard
40572 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
40573 Several binding files are available:
40576 \begin_layout Description
40577 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
40580 \begin_layout Description
40581 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
40592 \begin_layout Description
40593 mac.bind set of bindings for
40596 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40604 \begin_layout Standard
40605 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
40609 , and bind files for special languages.
40610 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
40611 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40615 \begin_inset space \space{}
40619 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40623 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40627 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
40631 \begin_layout Standard
40632 Some bind-files, like
40636 , have only a small scope.
40637 When looking at the the end of the file
40641 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
40644 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40646 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40648 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
40656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40657 Key Bindings ! Editing
40665 \begin_layout Standard
40666 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
40667 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
40668 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
40671 Show key-bindings containing
40674 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
40675 Insert there for example as keyword
40676 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40680 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40683 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
40685 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40689 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40693 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
40694 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
40698 that you find in the
40705 \begin_layout Standard
40707 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40711 \begin_inset space \space{}
40722 , select the function and press the
40727 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
40728 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
40729 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
40730 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
40731 binding and adding the different function names as semicolon separated
40733 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
40735 The binding for the function
40739 is an example for this.
40742 \begin_layout Standard
40743 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
40745 The syntax of the entries is:
40748 \begin_layout Standard
40754 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40758 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40762 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40766 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40772 \begin_layout Subsection
40774 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40778 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40782 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40784 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
40792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40803 Settings ! Keyboard Map
40811 \begin_layout Standard
40812 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
40813 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
40815 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40819 \begin_inset space \space{}
40822 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
40823 can use the keyboard map file named
40830 \begin_layout Standard
40831 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40839 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
40847 \begin_layout Standard
40848 Besides this, you can specify here the
40850 Wheel scrolling speed
40853 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
40857 \begin_layout Subsection
40859 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40861 name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
40869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40878 \begin_layout Standard
40879 Input completion is described in sec.
40880 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40884 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40886 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
40891 The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
40893 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
40894 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or
40898 \begin_layout Section
40903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40922 \begin_layout Description
40924 \begin_inset space ~
40927 directory This is LyX's working directory.
40928 It is the default when you
40939 \begin_inset space ~
40947 \begin_layout Description
40949 \begin_inset space ~
40952 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
40954 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40956 \begin_inset space ~
40960 \begin_inset space ~
40968 \begin_layout Description
40970 \begin_inset space ~
40973 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
40979 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40983 \begin_inset Newline newline
40987 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40999 button does not exist when using LyX on MacOS and Windows systems.
41007 \begin_layout Description
41009 \begin_inset space ~
41016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41022 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
41023 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
41024 \begin_inset space ~
41028 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41030 reference "sub:Backup documents"
41038 will be used to save the backups.
41039 \begin_inset Newline newline
41042 The backup files have the ending
41043 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41047 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41053 \begin_layout Description
41058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41065 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
41066 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
41067 \begin_inset Newline newline
41071 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41079 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
41087 \begin_layout Description
41089 \begin_inset space ~
41092 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
41095 \begin_layout Description
41097 \begin_inset space ~
41100 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
41101 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
41102 to find it on the system.
41103 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems while
41104 LyX is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
41106 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41110 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41113 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
41114 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
41118 \begin_layout Section
41122 \begin_layout Standard
41123 Here you can insert your name and email address.
41124 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
41126 \begin_inset space ~
41130 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41132 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
41136 , to mark changes you make as yours.
41139 \begin_layout Section
41144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41145 Language ! Settings
41154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41155 Settings ! Language
41163 \begin_layout Subsection
41167 \begin_layout Description
41169 \begin_inset space ~
41173 \begin_inset space ~
41176 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
41177 Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac and Windows.
41178 It works so far on Linux, but not for every language you can select here
41179 exists a translation of the LyX menus.
41180 You find the actual translation status here:
41181 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41183 name "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
41184 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
41191 \begin_layout Description
41193 \begin_inset space ~
41196 language is the language used in new documents
41199 \begin_layout Description
41201 \begin_inset space ~
41204 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
41206 The default is the LaTeX-command
41212 that loads the package
41220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41221 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
41222 \begin_inset space ~
41226 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41228 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
41238 \begin_inset Newline newline
41245 translates in the background automatically text labels of documents to
41246 the document language.
41247 A text label is for instance the word
41248 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41252 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41255 at the beginning of every table caption.
41258 \begin_layout Description
41260 \begin_inset space ~
41263 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
41264 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
41265 An example is the start command
41271 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
41276 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
41291 selectlanguage{$$lang}
41296 \begin_layout Description
41298 \begin_inset space ~
41306 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
41307 command toggles the package on and off.
41310 \begin_layout Description
41312 \begin_inset space ~
41322 \begin_layout Description
41323 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
41324 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
41325 used by all LaTeX-packages.
41326 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
41333 \begin_layout Description
41335 \begin_inset space ~
41338 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
41340 When this option is not set, the
41343 \begin_inset space ~
41348 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
41349 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
41352 \begin_inset space ~
41360 \begin_layout Description
41362 \begin_inset space ~
41368 \begin_inset space ~
41374 When it is not set, the
41377 \begin_inset space ~
41382 is set to the end of the document.
41385 \begin_layout Description
41387 \begin_inset space ~
41391 \begin_inset space ~
41394 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
41395 language will be underlined blue.
41398 \begin_layout Description
41400 \begin_inset space ~
41404 \begin_inset space ~
41407 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
41408 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
41411 \begin_layout Description
41413 \begin_inset space ~
41416 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
41417 moves the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
41418 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
41419 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
41422 \begin_layout Subsection
41426 \begin_layout Standard
41427 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
41428 \begin_inset space ~
41432 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41434 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
41441 \begin_layout Section
41445 \begin_layout Subsection
41447 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41476 \begin_layout Description
41478 \begin_inset space ~
41481 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
41482 The name will be used when the
41487 \begin_inset Newline newline
41491 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41499 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has there
41508 \begin_layout Description
41510 \begin_inset space ~
41514 \begin_inset space ~
41518 \begin_inset space ~
41521 printer This option works only for the
41526 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41534 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41538 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
41539 This is an option only for dvips experts.
41542 \begin_layout Description
41544 \begin_inset space ~
41547 command is the command LyX
41548 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41552 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41555 LaTeX uses for printing.
41556 The default is on most systems
41563 \begin_layout Description
41565 \begin_inset space ~
41569 \begin_inset space ~
41572 Options Here you can specify printer options.
41573 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
41574 of the program that provides the
41581 \begin_layout Subsection
41586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41597 Settings ! Date format
41605 \begin_layout Standard
41606 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
41607 \begin_inset Newline newline
41611 \begin_inset Flex URL
41614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41616 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
41622 \begin_inset Newline newline
41625 For example the format
41626 \begin_inset Newline newline
41630 \begin_inset Newline newline
41633 prints the date as day/month/year.
41636 \begin_layout Subsection
41640 \begin_layout Description
41642 \begin_inset space ~
41646 \begin_inset space ~
41649 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
41652 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41653 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41655 \begin_inset space ~
41661 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
41665 \begin_layout Description
41667 \begin_inset space ~
41670 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
41675 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
41676 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
41679 \begin_layout Subsection
41684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41692 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41694 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
41702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41711 \begin_layout Description
41716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41724 \begin_inset space ~
41727 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
41732 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
41754 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
41755 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41763 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41767 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
41768 LyX sets up in the background.
41769 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
41772 \begin_layout Description
41774 \begin_inset space ~
41778 \begin_inset space ~
41781 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
41786 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
41789 \begin_layout Standard
41790 You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications.
41791 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
41792 manuals of the applications.
41793 Currently the following commands can be set:
41796 \begin_layout Description
41801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41809 \begin_inset space ~
41812 command Command for the program
41816 that is described in section
41822 Additional Features
41827 \begin_layout Description
41832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41840 \begin_inset space ~
41843 command Command for the program
41847 that generates the bibliography, see section
41848 \begin_inset space ~
41852 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41854 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
41861 \begin_layout Description
41863 \begin_inset space ~
41866 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
41867 \begin_inset space ~
41871 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41873 reference "sub:Index-Program"
41880 \begin_layout Description
41882 \begin_inset space ~
41885 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
41886 \begin_inset space ~
41890 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41892 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
41899 \begin_layout Description
41901 \begin_inset space ~
41905 \begin_inset space ~
41909 \begin_inset space ~
41913 \begin_inset space ~
41916 options They only have an effect when the program
41920 is used as DVI-viewer.
41923 \begin_layout Description
41924 There are additionally the following options:
41927 \begin_layout Description
41929 \begin_inset space ~
41933 \begin_inset space ~
41937 \begin_inset space ~
41941 \begin_inset space ~
41945 \begin_inset space ~
41948 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
41949 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41955 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41959 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41963 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41966 to separate folders.
41967 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
41971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41990 \begin_layout Description
41992 \begin_inset space ~
41996 \begin_inset space ~
42000 \begin_inset space ~
42004 \begin_inset space ~
42008 \begin_inset space ~
42012 \begin_inset space ~
42015 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
42017 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42020 dialog when changing the document class.
42023 \begin_layout Section
42025 \begin_inset space ~
42032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42041 \begin_layout Subsection
42046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42055 \begin_layout Standard
42056 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
42057 from one format to another.
42058 You can modify them or create new ones.
42059 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
42066 \begin_inset space ~
42076 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
42080 \begin_inset space ~
42085 drop-down list, modify the
42089 field, and press the
42096 \begin_layout Standard
42099 Converter File Cache
42101 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
42104 Maximum Age (in days
42107 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
42108 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
42111 \begin_layout Standard
42112 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
42113 the converter definition, is described in section
42124 \begin_layout Subsection
42126 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42128 name "sec:File-Formats"
42136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42155 \begin_layout Standard
42156 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
42157 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
42161 \begin_layout Standard
42162 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
42163 is described in section
42174 \begin_layout Standard
42175 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
42176 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
42177 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
42178 This is done by specifying a
42183 More about this is described in section
42194 \begin_layout Chapter
42195 Units available in LyX
42199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42206 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42208 name "cha:Units-available-in"
42215 \begin_layout Standard
42216 To understand the units described in this documentation,
42217 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42219 reference "cap:Units"
42223 explains all units available in LyX.
42226 \begin_layout Standard
42227 \begin_inset Float table
42233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42234 \begin_inset Caption
42236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42237 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42252 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
42258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42260 \begin_inset Tabular
42261 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
42263 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
42264 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
42266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42360 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42364 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42388 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42392 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42415 scaled point (65536
42416 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42420 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42444 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42448 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42472 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42476 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
42480 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42504 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42508 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42531 % of original image width
42538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42720 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42724 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42745 \begin_layout Chapter
42747 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42756 \begin_layout Standard
42757 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
42758 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
42761 \begin_layout Itemize
42764 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
42767 \begin_layout Itemize
42773 \begin_layout Itemize
42779 \begin_layout Itemize
42785 \begin_layout Itemize
42791 \begin_layout Itemize
42797 \begin_layout Itemize
42803 \begin_layout Itemize
42809 \begin_layout Itemize
42812 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
42815 \begin_layout Itemize
42821 \begin_layout Itemize
42827 \begin_layout Itemize
42833 \begin_layout Itemize
42839 \begin_layout Itemize
42845 \begin_layout Itemize
42851 \begin_layout Itemize
42857 \begin_layout Itemize
42863 \begin_layout Itemize
42865 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
42874 \begin_layout Standard
42875 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
42878 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
42885 \begin_layout Bibliography
42886 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42887 LatexCommand bibitem
42894 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42897 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
42902 \begin_inset Newline newline
42906 \begin_inset Flex URL
42909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42911 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
42919 \begin_layout Bibliography
42920 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42921 LatexCommand bibitem
42922 key "latexcompanion"
42926 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
42928 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
42931 Addison-Wesley, 2004
42934 \begin_layout Bibliography
42935 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42936 LatexCommand bibitem
42941 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
42944 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
42947 Addison-Wesley, 2003
42950 \begin_layout Bibliography
42951 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42952 LatexCommand bibitem
42959 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
42962 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
42965 \begin_layout Bibliography
42966 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42967 LatexCommand bibitem
42979 Addison-Wesley, 1984
42982 \begin_layout Bibliography
42983 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42984 LatexCommand bibitem
42990 \begin_inset Newline newline
42994 \begin_inset Flex URL
42997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42999 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
43007 \begin_layout Bibliography
43008 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43009 LatexCommand bibitem
43015 \begin_inset Newline newline
43019 \begin_inset Flex URL
43022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43024 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
43032 \begin_layout Bibliography
43033 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43034 LatexCommand bibitem
43040 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43042 name "Documentation"
43043 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
43052 \begin_inset Newline newline
43056 \begin_inset Flex URL
43059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43061 http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
43069 \begin_layout Bibliography
43070 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43071 LatexCommand bibitem
43077 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43079 name "Documentation"
43080 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
43089 \begin_inset Newline newline
43093 \begin_inset Flex URL
43096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43098 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
43106 \begin_layout Bibliography
43107 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43108 LatexCommand bibitem
43114 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43116 name "Documentation"
43117 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
43126 \begin_inset Newline newline
43130 \begin_inset Flex URL
43133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43135 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
43143 \begin_layout Bibliography
43144 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43145 LatexCommand bibitem
43151 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43153 name "Documentation"
43154 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
43158 of the LaTeX-package
43166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43167 LaTeX-packages ! caption
43173 \begin_inset Newline newline
43177 \begin_inset Flex URL
43180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43182 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
43190 \begin_layout Bibliography
43191 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43192 LatexCommand bibitem
43198 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43200 name "Documentation"
43201 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
43205 of the LaTeX-package
43213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43214 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
43220 \begin_inset Newline newline
43224 \begin_inset Flex URL
43227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43229 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
43237 \begin_layout Bibliography
43238 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43239 LatexCommand bibitem
43247 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43249 name "Documentation"
43250 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
43256 of the LaTeX-package
43264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43265 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
43271 \begin_inset Newline newline
43275 \begin_inset Flex URL
43278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43280 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
43288 \begin_layout Bibliography
43289 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43290 LatexCommand bibitem
43296 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43298 name "Documentation"
43299 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
43303 of the LaTeX-package
43311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43312 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
43318 \begin_inset Newline newline
43322 \begin_inset Flex URL
43325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43327 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
43335 \begin_layout Bibliography
43336 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43337 LatexCommand bibitem
43343 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43345 name "Documentation"
43346 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
43350 of the LaTeX-package
43358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43359 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
43365 \begin_inset Newline newline
43369 \begin_inset Flex URL
43372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43374 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
43382 \begin_layout Bibliography
43383 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43384 LatexCommand bibitem
43390 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43392 name "Documentation"
43393 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
43397 of the LaTeX-package
43405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43406 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
43412 \begin_inset Newline newline
43416 \begin_inset Flex URL
43419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43421 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
43429 \begin_layout Bibliography
43430 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43431 LatexCommand bibitem
43437 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43440 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
43444 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
43445 \begin_inset Newline newline
43449 \begin_inset Flex URL
43452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43454 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
43462 \begin_layout Bibliography
43463 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43464 LatexCommand bibitem
43470 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43473 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
43477 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
43478 \begin_inset Newline newline
43482 \begin_inset Flex URL
43485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43487 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
43495 \begin_layout Bibliography
43496 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43497 LatexCommand bibitem
43503 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43506 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
43510 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
43511 \begin_inset Newline newline
43515 \begin_inset Flex URL
43518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43520 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
43528 \begin_layout Bibliography
43529 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43530 LatexCommand bibitem
43536 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43539 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
43543 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
43544 \begin_inset Newline newline
43548 \begin_inset Flex URL
43551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43553 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
43561 \begin_layout Bibliography
43562 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43563 LatexCommand bibitem
43569 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43572 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
43576 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
43577 \begin_inset Newline newline
43581 \begin_inset Flex URL
43584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43586 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
43594 \begin_layout Bibliography
43595 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43596 LatexCommand bibitem
43602 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43605 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
43609 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
43610 \begin_inset Newline newline
43614 \begin_inset Flex URL
43617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43619 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
43627 \begin_layout Bibliography
43628 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43629 LatexCommand bibitem
43635 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43638 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
43642 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
43643 \begin_inset Newline newline
43647 \begin_inset Flex URL
43650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43652 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
43660 \begin_layout Bibliography
43661 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43662 LatexCommand bibitem
43668 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43671 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
43675 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
43676 \begin_inset Newline newline
43680 \begin_inset Flex URL
43683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43685 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
43693 \begin_layout Bibliography
43694 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43695 LatexCommand bibitem
43701 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43704 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
43708 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
43709 \begin_inset Newline newline
43713 \begin_inset Flex URL
43716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43718 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
43726 \begin_layout Bibliography
43727 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43728 LatexCommand bibitem
43734 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43737 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
43741 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
43742 \begin_inset Newline newline
43746 \begin_inset Flex URL
43749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43751 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
43759 \begin_layout Bibliography
43760 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43761 LatexCommand bibitem
43767 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43770 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList"
43774 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
43775 \begin_inset Newline newline
43779 \begin_inset Flex URL
43782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43784 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList
43792 \begin_layout Bibliography
43793 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43794 LatexCommand bibitem
43800 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43803 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16"
43807 about new features in
43812 \begin_inset Newline newline
43816 \begin_inset Flex URL
43819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43821 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16
43829 \begin_layout Standard
43830 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
43837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43864 \begin_inset Note Note
43867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43874 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
43875 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
43876 bibliography is the second one:
43884 \begin_layout Standard
43885 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
43886 LatexCommand bibtex
43887 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
43888 options "biblio/alphadin"
43895 \begin_layout Standard
43896 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
43899 \begin_layout Standard
43902 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
43903 LatexCommand printnomenclature
43908 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
43909 LatexCommand printindex